blob: 574ada39807bd72f838185d553c90e9f5002f06c [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements the ASTContext interface.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +000015#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Steve Naroff980e5082007-10-01 19:00:59 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregoraaba5e32009-02-04 19:02:06 +000018#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +000019#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +000020#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +000021#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +000022#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
Anders Carlsson19cc4ab2009-07-18 19:43:29 +000023#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
Chris Lattner1b63e4f2009-06-14 01:54:56 +000024#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Chris Lattnera9376d42009-03-28 03:45:20 +000025#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000026#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +000027#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +000028#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
Nate Begeman6fe7c8a2009-01-18 06:42:49 +000029#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +000030#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +000031#include "CXXABI.h"
Anders Carlsson29445a02009-07-18 21:19:52 +000032
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000033using namespace clang;
34
Douglas Gregor18274032010-07-03 00:47:00 +000035unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructors;
36unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregor22584312010-07-02 23:41:54 +000037unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructors;
38unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +000039unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators;
40unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregor4923aa22010-07-02 20:37:36 +000041unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructors;
42unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared;
43
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000044enum FloatingRank {
45 FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank
46};
47
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +000048void
49ASTContext::CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
50 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm) {
51 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getDepth());
52 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getPosition());
53 // FIXME: Parameter pack
54
55 TemplateParameterList *Params = Parm->getTemplateParameters();
56 ID.AddInteger(Params->size());
57 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
58 PEnd = Params->end();
59 P != PEnd; ++P) {
60 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) {
61 ID.AddInteger(0);
62 ID.AddBoolean(TTP->isParameterPack());
63 continue;
64 }
65
66 if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) {
67 ID.AddInteger(1);
68 // FIXME: Parameter pack
69 ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getType().getAsOpaquePtr());
70 continue;
71 }
72
73 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P);
74 ID.AddInteger(2);
75 Profile(ID, TTP);
76 }
77}
78
79TemplateTemplateParmDecl *
80ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(
81 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP) {
82 // Check if we already have a canonical template template parameter.
83 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
84 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(ID, TTP);
85 void *InsertPos = 0;
86 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm *Canonical
87 = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
88 if (Canonical)
89 return Canonical->getParam();
90
91 // Build a canonical template parameter list.
92 TemplateParameterList *Params = TTP->getTemplateParameters();
93 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> CanonParams;
94 CanonParams.reserve(Params->size());
95 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
96 PEnd = Params->end();
97 P != PEnd; ++P) {
98 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P))
99 CanonParams.push_back(
100 TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
101 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(),
102 TTP->getIndex(), 0, false,
103 TTP->isParameterPack()));
104 else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP
105 = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P))
106 CanonParams.push_back(
107 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
108 SourceLocation(), NTTP->getDepth(),
109 NTTP->getPosition(), 0,
110 getCanonicalType(NTTP->getType()),
111 0));
112 else
113 CanonParams.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(
114 cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P)));
115 }
116
117 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonTTP
118 = TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
119 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(),
120 TTP->getPosition(), 0,
121 TemplateParameterList::Create(*this, SourceLocation(),
122 SourceLocation(),
123 CanonParams.data(),
124 CanonParams.size(),
125 SourceLocation()));
126
127 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
128 Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
129 assert(Canonical == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!");
130 (void)Canonical;
131
132 // Create the canonical template template parameter entry.
133 Canonical = new (*this) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm(CanonTTP);
134 CanonTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(Canonical, InsertPos);
135 return CanonTTP;
136}
137
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000138CXXABI *ASTContext::createCXXABI(const TargetInfo &T) {
John McCallee79a4c2010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000139 if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus) return 0;
140
Charles Davis20cf7172010-08-19 02:18:14 +0000141 switch (T.getCXXABI()) {
John McCallee79a4c2010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000142 case CXXABI_ARM:
143 return CreateARMCXXABI(*this);
144 case CXXABI_Itanium:
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000145 return CreateItaniumCXXABI(*this);
Charles Davis20cf7172010-08-19 02:18:14 +0000146 case CXXABI_Microsoft:
147 return CreateMicrosoftCXXABI(*this);
148 }
John McCallee79a4c2010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000149 return 0;
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000150}
151
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +0000152ASTContext::ASTContext(const LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM,
Daniel Dunbar444be732009-11-13 05:51:54 +0000153 const TargetInfo &t,
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000154 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels,
Chris Lattner1b63e4f2009-06-14 01:54:56 +0000155 Builtin::Context &builtins,
Douglas Gregor63fe86b2010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000156 unsigned size_reserve) :
John McCallef990012010-06-11 11:07:21 +0000157 TemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()),
158 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()),
Argyrios Kyrtzidis00611382010-07-04 21:44:19 +0000159 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0), IsInt128Installed(false),
160 CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0), NSConstantStringTypeDecl(0),
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +0000161 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl(0), FILEDecl(0), jmp_bufDecl(0),
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +0000162 sigjmp_bufDecl(0), BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0),
John McCallbf1a0282010-06-04 23:28:52 +0000163 NullTypeSourceInfo(QualType()),
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000164 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts), ABI(createCXXABI(t)), Target(t),
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000165 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels),
Ted Kremenekac9590e2010-05-10 20:40:08 +0000166 BuiltinInfo(builtins),
167 DeclarationNames(*this),
168 ExternalSource(0), PrintingPolicy(LOpts),
Ted Kremenekf057bf72010-06-18 00:31:04 +0000169 LastSDM(0, 0),
170 UniqueBlockByRefTypeID(0), UniqueBlockParmTypeID(0) {
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +0000171 ObjCIdRedefinitionType = QualType();
172 ObjCClassRedefinitionType = QualType();
Douglas Gregor63fe86b2010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000173 ObjCSelRedefinitionType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000174 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve);
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000175 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000176 InitBuiltinTypes();
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000177}
178
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000179ASTContext::~ASTContext() {
Ted Kremenek3478eb62010-02-11 07:12:28 +0000180 // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects.
181 // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution?
182 ReleaseDeclContextMaps();
Douglas Gregor7d10b7e2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000183
Douglas Gregor63fe86b2010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000184 // Call all of the deallocation functions.
185 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Deallocations.size(); I != N; ++I)
186 Deallocations[I].first(Deallocations[I].second);
Douglas Gregor00545312010-05-23 18:26:36 +0000187
Douglas Gregor7d10b7e2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000188 // Release all of the memory associated with overridden C++ methods.
189 for (llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::iterator
190 OM = OverriddenMethods.begin(), OMEnd = OverriddenMethods.end();
191 OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
192 OM->second.Destroy();
Ted Kremenek3478eb62010-02-11 07:12:28 +0000193
Ted Kremenekdcfcfbe2010-06-08 23:00:58 +0000194 // ASTRecordLayout objects in ASTRecordLayouts must always be destroyed
Douglas Gregor63fe86b2010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000195 // because they can contain DenseMaps.
196 for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*,
197 const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
198 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; )
199 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
200 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
201 R->Destroy(*this);
202
Ted Kremenekdcfcfbe2010-06-08 23:00:58 +0000203 for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
204 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) {
205 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
206 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
207 R->Destroy(*this);
208 }
Douglas Gregor63200642010-08-30 16:49:28 +0000209
210 for (llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator A = DeclAttrs.begin(),
211 AEnd = DeclAttrs.end();
212 A != AEnd; ++A)
213 A->second->~AttrVec();
214}
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000215
Douglas Gregor00545312010-05-23 18:26:36 +0000216void ASTContext::AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void*), void *Data) {
217 Deallocations.push_back(std::make_pair(Callback, Data));
218}
219
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000220void
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000221ASTContext::setExternalSource(llvm::OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) {
222 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take());
223}
224
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000225void ASTContext::PrintStats() const {
226 fprintf(stderr, "*** AST Context Stats:\n");
227 fprintf(stderr, " %d types total.\n", (int)Types.size());
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000228
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000229 unsigned counts[] = {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000230#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0,
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000231#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
232#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
233 0 // Extra
234 };
Douglas Gregorc2ee10d2009-04-07 17:20:56 +0000235
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000236 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) {
237 Type *T = Types[i];
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000238 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000239 }
240
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000241 unsigned Idx = 0;
242 unsigned TotalBytes = 0;
243#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \
244 if (counts[Idx]) \
245 fprintf(stderr, " %d %s types\n", (int)counts[Idx], #Name); \
246 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \
247 ++Idx;
248#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
249#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000250
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000251 fprintf(stderr, "Total bytes = %d\n", int(TotalBytes));
Douglas Gregored8abf12010-07-08 06:14:04 +0000252
Douglas Gregor4923aa22010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000253 // Implicit special member functions.
Douglas Gregor18274032010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000254 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit default constructors created\n",
255 NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared,
256 NumImplicitDefaultConstructors);
Douglas Gregor22584312010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000257 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit copy constructors created\n",
258 NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared,
259 NumImplicitCopyConstructors);
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000260 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit copy assignment operators created\n",
261 NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared,
262 NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators);
Douglas Gregor4923aa22010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000263 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit destructors created\n",
264 NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared, NumImplicitDestructors);
265
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000266 if (ExternalSource.get()) {
267 fprintf(stderr, "\n");
268 ExternalSource->PrintStats();
269 }
Douglas Gregored8abf12010-07-08 06:14:04 +0000270
Douglas Gregor63fe86b2010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000271 BumpAlloc.PrintStats();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000272}
273
274
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000275void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) {
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000276 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K);
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000277 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0));
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000278 Types.push_back(Ty);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000279}
280
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000281void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes() {
282 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000283
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000284 // C99 6.2.5p19.
285 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000286
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000287 // C99 6.2.5p2.
288 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool);
289 // C99 6.2.5p3.
Eli Friedman15b91762009-06-05 07:05:05 +0000290 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000291 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S);
292 else
293 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U);
294 // C99 6.2.5p4.
295 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar);
296 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short);
297 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int);
298 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long);
299 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000300
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000301 // C99 6.2.5p6.
302 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar);
303 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort);
304 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt);
305 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong);
306 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000307
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000308 // C99 6.2.5p10.
309 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float);
310 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double);
311 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000312
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +0000313 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers.
314 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128);
315 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128);
316
Chris Lattner3a250322009-02-26 23:43:47 +0000317 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++ 3.9.1p5
318 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar);
319 else // C99
320 WCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000321
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000322 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
323 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16);
324 else // C99
325 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type());
326
327 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
328 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32);
329 else // C99
330 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type());
331
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000332 // Placeholder type for functions.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000333 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload);
334
335 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is
336 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against
337 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to
338 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent
339 // expressions.
340 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000341
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000342 // Placeholder type for C++0x auto declarations whose real type has
Anders Carlssone89d1592009-06-26 18:41:36 +0000343 // not yet been deduced.
344 InitBuiltinType(UndeducedAutoTy, BuiltinType::UndeducedAuto);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000345
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000346 // C99 6.2.5p11.
347 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy);
348 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy);
349 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000350
Steve Naroff7e219e42007-10-15 14:41:52 +0000351 BuiltinVaListType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000352
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000353 // "Builtin" typedefs set by Sema::ActOnTranslationUnitScope().
354 ObjCIdTypedefType = QualType();
355 ObjCClassTypedefType = QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000356 ObjCSelTypedefType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000357
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000358 // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'.
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000359 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId);
360 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass);
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000361 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000362
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000363 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000364
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +0000365 // void * type
366 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy);
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000367
368 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7)
369 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000370}
371
Douglas Gregor63200642010-08-30 16:49:28 +0000372AttrVec& ASTContext::getDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) {
373 AttrVec *&Result = DeclAttrs[D];
374 if (!Result) {
375 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(AttrVec));
376 Result = new (Mem) AttrVec;
377 }
378
379 return *Result;
380}
381
382/// \brief Erase the attributes corresponding to the given declaration.
383void ASTContext::eraseDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) {
384 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator Pos = DeclAttrs.find(D);
385 if (Pos != DeclAttrs.end()) {
386 Pos->second->~AttrVec();
387 DeclAttrs.erase(Pos);
388 }
389}
390
391
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000392MemberSpecializationInfo *
Douglas Gregor663b5a02009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000393ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000394 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
Douglas Gregor663b5a02009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000395 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000396 = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var);
397 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end())
398 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000399
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000400 return Pos->second;
401}
402
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000403void
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000404ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9421adc2010-07-04 21:44:00 +0000405 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
406 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000407 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
408 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
409 assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] &&
410 "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from");
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000411 InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst]
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9421adc2010-07-04 21:44:00 +0000412 = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK, PointOfInstantiation);
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000413}
414
John McCall7ba107a2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000415NamedDecl *
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000416ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) {
John McCall7ba107a2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000417 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000418 = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD);
419 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end())
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000420 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000421
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000422 return Pos->second;
423}
424
425void
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000426ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) {
427 assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) ||
428 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) ||
429 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) &&
430 "pattern decl is not a using decl");
431 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
432 InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
433}
434
435UsingShadowDecl *
436ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) {
437 llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos
438 = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst);
439 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end())
440 return 0;
441
442 return Pos->second;
443}
444
445void
446ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst,
447 UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) {
448 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
449 InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000450}
451
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000452FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) {
453 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos
454 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field);
455 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end())
456 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000457
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000458 return Pos->second;
459}
460
461void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst,
462 FieldDecl *Tmpl) {
463 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed");
464 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed");
465 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] &&
466 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000467
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000468 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl;
469}
470
Douglas Gregor7d10b7e2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000471ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
472ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
473 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
474 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
475 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
476 return 0;
477
478 return Pos->second.begin();
479}
480
481ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
482ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
483 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
484 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
485 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
486 return 0;
487
488 return Pos->second.end();
489}
490
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc91e9f42010-07-04 21:44:35 +0000491unsigned
492ASTContext::overridden_methods_size(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
493 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
494 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
495 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
496 return 0;
497
498 return Pos->second.size();
499}
500
Douglas Gregor7d10b7e2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000501void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method,
502 const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) {
503 OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden);
504}
505
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000506//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
507// Type Sizing and Analysis
508//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000509
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000510/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified
511/// scalar floating point type.
512const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000513 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000514 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!");
515 switch (BT->getKind()) {
516 default: assert(0 && "Not a floating point type!");
517 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target.getFloatFormat();
518 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target.getDoubleFormat();
519 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target.getLongDoubleFormat();
520 }
521}
522
Ken Dyck8b752f12010-01-27 17:10:57 +0000523/// getDeclAlign - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000524/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so
525/// this method will assert on them.
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000526/// If @p RefAsPointee, references are treated like their underlying type
527/// (for alignof), else they're treated like pointers (for CodeGen).
Ken Dyck8b752f12010-01-27 17:10:57 +0000528CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee) {
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000529 unsigned Align = Target.getCharWidth();
530
Sean Huntcf807c42010-08-18 23:23:40 +0000531 Align = std::max(Align, D->getMaxAlignment());
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000532
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000533 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) {
534 QualType T = VD->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000535 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000536 if (RefAsPointee)
537 T = RT->getPointeeType();
538 else
539 T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType());
540 }
541 if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) {
Rafael Espindola6deecb02010-06-04 23:15:27 +0000542 unsigned MinWidth = Target.getLargeArrayMinWidth();
543 unsigned ArrayAlign = Target.getLargeArrayAlign();
544 if (isa<VariableArrayType>(T) && MinWidth != 0)
545 Align = std::max(Align, ArrayAlign);
546 if (ConstantArrayType *CT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(T)) {
547 unsigned Size = getTypeSize(CT);
548 if (MinWidth != 0 && MinWidth <= Size)
549 Align = std::max(Align, ArrayAlign);
550 }
Anders Carlsson4cc2cfd2009-04-10 04:47:03 +0000551 // Incomplete or function types default to 1.
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000552 while (isa<VariableArrayType>(T) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(T))
553 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType();
554
555 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr()));
556 }
Charles Davis05f62472010-02-23 04:52:00 +0000557 if (const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) {
558 // In the case of a field in a packed struct, we want the minimum
559 // of the alignment of the field and the alignment of the struct.
560 Align = std::min(Align,
561 getPreferredTypeAlign(FD->getParent()->getTypeForDecl()));
562 }
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000563 }
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000564
Ken Dyck8b752f12010-01-27 17:10:57 +0000565 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(Align / Target.getCharWidth());
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000566}
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000567
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +0000568std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
569ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) {
570 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfo(T);
571 return std::make_pair(CharUnits::fromQuantity(Info.first / getCharWidth()),
572 CharUnits::fromQuantity(Info.second / getCharWidth()));
573}
574
575std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
576ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) {
577 return getTypeInfoInChars(T.getTypePtr());
578}
579
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000580/// getTypeSize - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This method
581/// does not work on incomplete types.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000582///
583/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and
584/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this
585/// should take a QualType, &c.
Chris Lattnerd2d2a112007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000586std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned>
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000587ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) {
Mike Stump5e301002009-02-27 18:32:39 +0000588 uint64_t Width=0;
589 unsigned Align=8;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000590 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000591#define TYPE(Class, Base)
592#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000593#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000594#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
595#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000596 assert(false && "Should not see dependent types");
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000597 break;
598
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000599 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
600 case Type::FunctionProto:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000601 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits
602 Width = 0;
603 Align = 32;
604 break;
605
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000606 case Type::IncompleteArray:
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000607 case Type::VariableArray:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000608 Width = 0;
609 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType());
610 break;
611
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000612 case Type::ConstantArray: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000613 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000614
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000615 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType());
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000616 Width = EltInfo.first*CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000617 Align = EltInfo.second;
618 break;
Christopher Lamb5c09a022007-12-29 05:10:55 +0000619 }
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +0000620 case Type::ExtVector:
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000621 case Type::Vector: {
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000622 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T);
623 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType());
624 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements();
Eli Friedman4bd998b2008-05-30 09:31:38 +0000625 Align = Width;
Nate Begeman6fe7c8a2009-01-18 06:42:49 +0000626 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2.
627 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors.
Dan Gohman8eefcd32010-04-21 23:32:43 +0000628 if (Align & (Align-1)) {
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000629 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align);
630 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align);
631 }
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000632 break;
633 }
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000634
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000635 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000636 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000637 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type!");
Chris Lattnerd2d2a112007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000638 case BuiltinType::Void:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000639 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits.
640 Width = 0;
641 Align = 8;
642 break;
643
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000644 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000645 Width = Target.getBoolWidth();
646 Align = Target.getBoolAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000647 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000648 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
649 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
650 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000651 case BuiltinType::SChar:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000652 Width = Target.getCharWidth();
653 Align = Target.getCharAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000654 break;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000655 case BuiltinType::WChar:
656 Width = Target.getWCharWidth();
657 Align = Target.getWCharAlign();
658 break;
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000659 case BuiltinType::Char16:
660 Width = Target.getChar16Width();
661 Align = Target.getChar16Align();
662 break;
663 case BuiltinType::Char32:
664 Width = Target.getChar32Width();
665 Align = Target.getChar32Align();
666 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000667 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000668 case BuiltinType::Short:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000669 Width = Target.getShortWidth();
670 Align = Target.getShortAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000671 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000672 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000673 case BuiltinType::Int:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000674 Width = Target.getIntWidth();
675 Align = Target.getIntAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000676 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000677 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000678 case BuiltinType::Long:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000679 Width = Target.getLongWidth();
680 Align = Target.getLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000681 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000682 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000683 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000684 Width = Target.getLongLongWidth();
685 Align = Target.getLongLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000686 break;
Chris Lattnerec16cb92009-04-30 02:55:13 +0000687 case BuiltinType::Int128:
688 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
689 Width = 128;
690 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets.
691 break;
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000692 case BuiltinType::Float:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000693 Width = Target.getFloatWidth();
694 Align = Target.getFloatAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000695 break;
696 case BuiltinType::Double:
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000697 Width = Target.getDoubleWidth();
698 Align = Target.getDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000699 break;
700 case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000701 Width = Target.getLongDoubleWidth();
702 Align = Target.getLongDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000703 break;
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000704 case BuiltinType::NullPtr:
705 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t)
706 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*)
Sebastian Redl1590d9c2009-05-27 19:34:06 +0000707 break;
Fariborz Jahaniane04f5fc2010-08-02 18:03:20 +0000708 case BuiltinType::ObjCId:
709 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass:
710 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel:
711 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0);
712 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0);
713 break;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000714 }
Chris Lattnerbfef6d72007-07-15 23:46:53 +0000715 break;
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +0000716 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000717 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0);
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000718 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0);
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000719 break;
Steve Naroff485eeff2008-09-24 15:05:44 +0000720 case Type::BlockPointer: {
721 unsigned AS = cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
722 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
723 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
724 break;
725 }
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000726 case Type::LValueReference:
727 case Type::RValueReference: {
728 // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go
729 // the pointer route.
730 unsigned AS = cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
731 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
732 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
733 break;
734 }
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000735 case Type::Pointer: {
736 unsigned AS = cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000737 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000738 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
739 break;
740 }
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000741 case Type::MemberPointer: {
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000742 const MemberPointerType *MPT = cast<MemberPointerType>(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000743 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> PtrDiffInfo =
Anders Carlsson1cca74e2009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000744 getTypeInfo(getPointerDiffType());
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000745 Width = PtrDiffInfo.first * ABI->getMemberPointerSize(MPT);
Anders Carlsson1cca74e2009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000746 Align = PtrDiffInfo.second;
747 break;
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000748 }
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000749 case Type::Complex: {
750 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the
751 // size.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000752 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo =
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000753 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType());
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000754 Width = EltInfo.first*2;
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000755 Align = EltInfo.second;
756 break;
757 }
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +0000758 case Type::ObjCObject:
759 return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCObjectType>(T)->getBaseType().getTypePtr());
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000760 case Type::ObjCInterface: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000761 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T);
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000762 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl());
763 Width = Layout.getSize();
764 Align = Layout.getAlignment();
765 break;
766 }
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000767 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000768 case Type::Enum: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000769 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T);
770
771 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) {
Chris Lattner8389eab2008-08-09 21:35:13 +0000772 Width = 1;
773 Align = 1;
774 break;
775 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000776
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000777 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT))
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000778 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType());
779
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000780 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT);
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000781 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl());
782 Width = Layout.getSize();
783 Align = Layout.getAlignment();
Chris Lattnerdc0d73e2007-07-23 22:46:22 +0000784 break;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000785 }
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +0000786
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000787 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm:
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +0000788 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)->
789 getReplacementType().getTypePtr());
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +0000790
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000791 case Type::Typedef: {
792 const TypedefDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl();
Douglas Gregordf1367a2010-08-27 00:11:28 +0000793 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info
794 = getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
795 Align = std::max(Typedef->getMaxAlignment(), Info.second);
796 Width = Info.first;
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +0000797 break;
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000798 }
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000799
800 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
801 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
802 .getTypePtr());
803
804 case Type::TypeOf:
805 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
806
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +0000807 case Type::Decltype:
808 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
809 .getTypePtr());
810
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +0000811 case Type::Elaborated:
812 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000813
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000814 case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000815 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T &&
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000816 "Cannot request the size of a dependent type");
817 // FIXME: this is likely to be wrong once we support template
818 // aliases, since a template alias could refer to a typedef that
819 // has an __aligned__ attribute on it.
820 return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T));
821 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000822
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000823 assert(Align && (Align & (Align-1)) == 0 && "Alignment must be power of 2");
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000824 return std::make_pair(Width, Align);
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000825}
826
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000827/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters.
828/// This method does not work on incomplete types.
829CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) {
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +0000830 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeSize(T) / getCharWidth());
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000831}
832CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) {
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +0000833 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeSize(T) / getCharWidth());
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000834}
835
Ken Dyck16e20cc2010-01-26 17:25:18 +0000836/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in
Ken Dyck86fa4312010-01-26 17:22:55 +0000837/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types.
838CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) {
839 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeAlign(T) / getCharWidth());
840}
841CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) {
842 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeAlign(T) / getCharWidth());
843}
844
Chris Lattner34ebde42009-01-27 18:08:34 +0000845/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified
846/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI
847/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign
848/// a data type.
849unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) {
850 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T);
Eli Friedman1eed6022009-05-25 21:27:19 +0000851
852 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000853 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Eli Friedman1eed6022009-05-25 21:27:19 +0000854 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
855 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) ||
856 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong))
857 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T));
858
Chris Lattner34ebde42009-01-27 18:08:34 +0000859 return ABIAlign;
860}
861
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000862/// ShallowCollectObjCIvars -
863/// Collect all ivars, including those synthesized, in the current class.
864///
865void ASTContext::ShallowCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
Fariborz Jahanian11062e12010-02-19 00:31:17 +0000866 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) {
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +0000867 // FIXME. This need be removed but there are two many places which
868 // assume const-ness of ObjCInterfaceDecl
869 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(OI);
870 for (ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = IDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv;
871 Iv= Iv->getNextIvar())
872 Ivars.push_back(Iv);
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000873}
874
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +0000875/// DeepCollectObjCIvars -
876/// This routine first collects all declared, but not synthesized, ivars in
877/// super class and then collects all ivars, including those synthesized for
878/// current class. This routine is used for implementation of current class
879/// when all ivars, declared and synthesized are known.
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000880///
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +0000881void ASTContext::DeepCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
882 bool leafClass,
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000883 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) {
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +0000884 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass())
885 DeepCollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, false, Ivars);
886 if (!leafClass) {
887 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(),
888 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I)
Fariborz Jahanian11062e12010-02-19 00:31:17 +0000889 Ivars.push_back(*I);
890 }
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +0000891 else
892 ShallowCollectObjCIvars(OI, Ivars);
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000893}
894
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000895/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and
896/// those inherited by it.
897void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl,
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +0000898 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols) {
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000899 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) {
Ted Kremenek53b94412010-09-01 01:21:15 +0000900 // We can use protocol_iterator here instead of
901 // all_referenced_protocol_iterator since we are walking all categories.
902 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::all_protocol_iterator P = OI->all_referenced_protocol_begin(),
903 PE = OI->all_referenced_protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000904 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +0000905 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000906 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanianb2f81212010-02-25 18:24:33 +0000907 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
908 Protocols.insert(*P);
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000909 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
910 }
Fariborz Jahanianb2f81212010-02-25 18:24:33 +0000911 }
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000912
913 // Categories of this Interface.
914 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDeclChain = OI->getCategoryList();
915 CDeclChain; CDeclChain = CDeclChain->getNextClassCategory())
916 CollectInheritedProtocols(CDeclChain, Protocols);
917 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass())
918 while (SD) {
919 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols);
920 SD = SD->getSuperClass();
921 }
Benjamin Kramerb170ca52010-04-27 17:47:25 +0000922 } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) {
Ted Kremenek53b94412010-09-01 01:21:15 +0000923 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000924 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
925 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +0000926 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000927 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
928 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
929 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
930 }
Benjamin Kramerb170ca52010-04-27 17:47:25 +0000931 } else if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) {
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000932 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(),
933 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
934 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +0000935 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000936 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
937 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
938 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
939 }
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000940 }
941}
942
Fariborz Jahanian3bfacdf2010-03-22 18:25:57 +0000943unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) {
944 unsigned count = 0;
945 // Count ivars declared in class extension.
Fariborz Jahanian80aa1cd2010-06-22 23:20:40 +0000946 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = OI->getFirstClassExtension(); CDecl;
947 CDecl = CDecl->getNextClassExtension())
Benjamin Kramerb170ca52010-04-27 17:47:25 +0000948 count += CDecl->ivar_size();
949
Fariborz Jahanian3bfacdf2010-03-22 18:25:57 +0000950 // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This
951 // includes synthesized ivars.
952 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation())
Benjamin Kramerb170ca52010-04-27 17:47:25 +0000953 count += ImplDecl->ivar_size();
954
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000955 return count;
956}
957
Argyrios Kyrtzidis8a1d7222009-07-21 00:05:53 +0000958/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists.
959ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
960 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
961 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
962 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
963 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second);
964 return 0;
965}
966/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists.
967ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) {
968 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
969 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
970 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
971 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second);
972 return 0;
973}
974
975/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl.
976void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD,
977 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) {
978 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
979 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD;
980}
981/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl.
982void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD,
983 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) {
984 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
985 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD;
986}
987
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +0000988/// \brief Allocate an uninitialized TypeSourceInfo.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +0000989///
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +0000990/// The caller should initialize the memory held by TypeSourceInfo using
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +0000991/// the TypeLoc wrappers.
992///
993/// \param T the type that will be the basis for type source info. This type
994/// should refer to how the declarator was written in source code, not to
995/// what type semantic analysis resolved the declarator to.
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +0000996TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
John McCall109de5e2009-10-21 00:23:54 +0000997 unsigned DataSize) {
998 if (!DataSize)
999 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T);
1000 else
1001 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) &&
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001002 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!");
John McCall109de5e2009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001003
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001004 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo =
1005 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8);
1006 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T);
1007 return TInfo;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001008}
1009
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001010TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
John McCalla4eb74d2009-10-23 21:14:09 +00001011 SourceLocation L) {
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001012 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T);
John McCalla4eb74d2009-10-23 21:14:09 +00001013 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(L);
1014 return DI;
1015}
1016
Daniel Dunbarb2dbbb92009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001017const ASTRecordLayout &
1018ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
1019 return getObjCLayout(D, 0);
1020}
1021
1022const ASTRecordLayout &
1023ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) {
1024 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D);
1025}
1026
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001027//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1028// Type creation/memoization methods
1029//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1030
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001031QualType ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *TypeNode, Qualifiers Quals) {
1032 unsigned Fast = Quals.getFastQualifiers();
1033 Quals.removeFastQualifiers();
1034
1035 // Check if we've already instantiated this type.
1036 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1037 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, TypeNode, Quals);
1038 void *InsertPos = 0;
1039 if (ExtQuals *EQ = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) {
1040 assert(EQ->getQualifiers() == Quals);
1041 QualType T = QualType(EQ, Fast);
1042 return T;
1043 }
1044
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001045 ExtQuals *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(*this, TypeNode, Quals);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001046 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1047 QualType T = QualType(New, Fast);
1048 return T;
1049}
1050
1051QualType ASTContext::getVolatileType(QualType T) {
1052 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
1053 if (CanT.isVolatileQualified()) return T;
1054
1055 QualifierCollector Quals;
1056 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
1057 Quals.addVolatile();
1058
1059 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
1060}
1061
Fariborz Jahanianf11284a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00001062QualType ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001063 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
1064 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace)
Chris Lattnerf46699c2008-02-20 20:55:12 +00001065 return T;
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001066
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001067 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1068 // into one ExtQuals node.
1069 QualifierCollector Quals;
1070 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001071
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001072 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get
1073 // another one.
1074 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() &&
1075 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!");
1076 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001077
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001078 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Christopher Lambebb97e92008-02-04 02:31:56 +00001079}
1080
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001081QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T,
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001082 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) {
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001083 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001084 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr)
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001085 return T;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001086
Fariborz Jahanian4027cd12009-06-03 17:15:17 +00001087 if (T->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001088 QualType Pointee = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00001089 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian4027cd12009-06-03 17:15:17 +00001090 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr);
1091 return getPointerType(ResultType);
1092 }
1093 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001094
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001095 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1096 // into one ExtQuals node.
1097 QualifierCollector Quals;
1098 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001099
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001100 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get
1101 // another one.
1102 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() &&
1103 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!");
1104 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001105
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001106 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001107}
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001108
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001109static QualType getExtFunctionType(ASTContext& Context, QualType T,
1110 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001111 QualType ResultType;
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001112 if (const PointerType *Pointer = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1113 QualType Pointee = Pointer->getPointeeType();
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001114 ResultType = getExtFunctionType(Context, Pointee, Info);
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001115 if (ResultType == Pointee)
1116 return T;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001117
1118 ResultType = Context.getPointerType(ResultType);
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001119 } else if (const BlockPointerType *BlockPointer
1120 = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
1121 QualType Pointee = BlockPointer->getPointeeType();
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001122 ResultType = getExtFunctionType(Context, Pointee, Info);
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001123 if (ResultType == Pointee)
1124 return T;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001125
1126 ResultType = Context.getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
1127 } else if (const FunctionType *F = T->getAs<FunctionType>()) {
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001128 if (F->getExtInfo() == Info)
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001129 return T;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001130
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001131 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(F)) {
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001132 ResultType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(),
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001133 Info);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001134 } else {
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001135 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001136 ResultType
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001137 = Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), FPT->arg_type_begin(),
1138 FPT->getNumArgs(), FPT->isVariadic(),
1139 FPT->getTypeQuals(),
1140 FPT->hasExceptionSpec(),
1141 FPT->hasAnyExceptionSpec(),
1142 FPT->getNumExceptions(),
1143 FPT->exception_begin(),
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001144 Info);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001145 }
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001146 } else
1147 return T;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001148
1149 return Context.getQualifiedType(ResultType, T.getLocalQualifiers());
1150}
1151
1152QualType ASTContext::getNoReturnType(QualType T, bool AddNoReturn) {
Rafael Espindola425ef722010-03-30 22:15:11 +00001153 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info = getFunctionExtInfo(T);
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001154 return getExtFunctionType(*this, T,
1155 Info.withNoReturn(AddNoReturn));
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001156}
1157
1158QualType ASTContext::getCallConvType(QualType T, CallingConv CallConv) {
Rafael Espindola425ef722010-03-30 22:15:11 +00001159 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info = getFunctionExtInfo(T);
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001160 return getExtFunctionType(*this, T,
1161 Info.withCallingConv(CallConv));
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001162}
1163
Rafael Espindola425ef722010-03-30 22:15:11 +00001164QualType ASTContext::getRegParmType(QualType T, unsigned RegParm) {
1165 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info = getFunctionExtInfo(T);
1166 return getExtFunctionType(*this, T,
1167 Info.withRegParm(RegParm));
1168}
1169
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001170/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex
1171/// number with the specified element type.
1172QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) {
1173 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1174 // structure.
1175 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1176 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001177
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001178 void *InsertPos = 0;
1179 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1180 return QualType(CT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001181
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001182 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1183 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1184 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001185 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001186 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001187
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001188 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1189 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001190 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001191 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001192 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001193 Types.push_back(New);
1194 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1195 return QualType(New, 0);
1196}
1197
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001198/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to
1199/// the specified type.
1200QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) {
1201 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1202 // structure.
1203 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1204 PointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001205
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001206 void *InsertPos = 0;
1207 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1208 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001209
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001210 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1211 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1212 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001213 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001214 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001215
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001216 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1217 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001218 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001219 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001220 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001221 Types.push_back(New);
1222 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1223 return QualType(New, 0);
1224}
1225
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001226/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001227/// a pointer to the specified block.
1228QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroff296e8d52008-08-28 19:20:44 +00001229 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only");
1230 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001231 // structure.
1232 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1233 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001234
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001235 void *InsertPos = 0;
1236 if (BlockPointerType *PT =
1237 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1238 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001239
1240 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001241 // type either so fill in the canonical type field.
1242 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001243 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001244 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001245
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001246 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1247 BlockPointerType *NewIP =
1248 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001249 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001250 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001251 BlockPointerType *New
1252 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical);
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001253 Types.push_back(New);
1254 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1255 return QualType(New, 0);
1256}
1257
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001258/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1259/// lvalue reference to the specified type.
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001260QualType ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001261 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1262 // structure.
1263 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001264 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001265
1266 void *InsertPos = 0;
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001267 if (LValueReferenceType *RT =
1268 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001269 return QualType(RT, 0);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001270
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001271 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1272
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001273 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1274 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1275 QualType Canonical;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001276 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1277 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1278 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001279
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001280 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001281 LValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1282 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001283 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001284 }
1285
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001286 LValueReferenceType *New
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001287 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical,
1288 SpelledAsLValue);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001289 Types.push_back(New);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001290 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001291
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001292 return QualType(New, 0);
1293}
1294
1295/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1296/// rvalue reference to the specified type.
1297QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) {
1298 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1299 // structure.
1300 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001301 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001302
1303 void *InsertPos = 0;
1304 if (RValueReferenceType *RT =
1305 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1306 return QualType(RT, 0);
1307
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001308 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1309
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001310 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1311 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1312 QualType Canonical;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001313 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1314 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1315 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001316
1317 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1318 RValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1319 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1320 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
1321 }
1322
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001323 RValueReferenceType *New
1324 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001325 Types.push_back(New);
1326 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001327 return QualType(New, 0);
1328}
1329
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001330/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a
1331/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001332QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) {
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001333 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1334 // structure.
1335 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1336 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls);
1337
1338 void *InsertPos = 0;
1339 if (MemberPointerType *PT =
1340 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1341 return QualType(PT, 0);
1342
1343 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
1344 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1345 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor87c12c42009-11-04 16:49:01 +00001346 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001347 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls));
1348
1349 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1350 MemberPointerType *NewIP =
1351 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1352 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
1353 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001354 MemberPointerType *New
1355 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical);
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001356 Types.push_back(New);
1357 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1358 return QualType(New, 0);
1359}
1360
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001361/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001362/// array of the specified element type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001363QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy,
Chris Lattner38aeec72009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001364 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001365 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1366 unsigned EltTypeQuals) {
Sebastian Redl923d56d2009-11-05 15:52:31 +00001367 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() ||
1368 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) &&
Eli Friedman587cbdf2009-05-29 20:17:55 +00001369 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!");
1370
Chris Lattner38aeec72009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001371 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for
1372 // the target.
1373 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn);
1374 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target.getPointerWidth(EltTy.getAddressSpace()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001375
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001376 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner0be2ef22009-02-19 17:31:02 +00001377 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001378
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001379 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001380 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP =
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001381 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001382 return QualType(ATP, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001383
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001384 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1385 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1386 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001387 if (!EltTy.isCanonical()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001388 Canonical = getConstantArrayType(getCanonicalType(EltTy), ArySize,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001389 ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001390 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001391 ConstantArrayType *NewIP =
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001392 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001393 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001394 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001395
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001396 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment)
1397 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canonical, ArySize, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001398 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001399 Types.push_back(New);
1400 return QualType(New, 0);
1401}
1402
Steve Naroffbdbf7b02007-08-30 18:14:25 +00001403/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a
1404/// variable array of the specified element type.
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001405QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1406 Expr *NumElts,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001407 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001408 unsigned EltTypeQuals,
1409 SourceRange Brackets) {
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001410 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's
1411 // that have an expression provided for their size.
Douglas Gregor715e9c82010-05-23 16:10:32 +00001412 QualType CanonType;
1413
1414 if (!EltTy.isCanonical()) {
1415 if (NumElts)
1416 NumElts->Retain();
1417 CanonType = getVariableArrayType(getCanonicalType(EltTy), NumElts, ASM,
1418 EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
1419 }
1420
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001421 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
Douglas Gregor715e9c82010-05-23 16:10:32 +00001422 VariableArrayType(EltTy, CanonType, NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001423
1424 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New);
1425 Types.push_back(New);
1426 return QualType(New, 0);
1427}
1428
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001429/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to
1430/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001431/// type.
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001432QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1433 Expr *NumElts,
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001434 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001435 unsigned EltTypeQuals,
1436 SourceRange Brackets) {
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001437 assert((!NumElts || NumElts->isTypeDependent() ||
1438 NumElts->isValueDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001439 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!");
1440
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001441 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001442 DependentSizedArrayType *Canon = 0;
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001443 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001444
1445 if (NumElts) {
1446 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified
1447 // number of elements will have their sizes deduced from an
1448 // initializer.
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001449 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(EltTy), ASM,
1450 EltTypeQuals, NumElts);
1451
1452 Canon = DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1453 }
1454
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001455 DependentSizedArrayType *New;
1456 if (Canon) {
1457 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
1458 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001459 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1460 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, QualType(Canon, 0),
1461 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001462 } else {
1463 QualType CanonEltTy = getCanonicalType(EltTy);
1464 if (CanonEltTy == EltTy) {
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001465 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1466 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, QualType(),
1467 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001468
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001469 if (NumElts) {
1470 DependentSizedArrayType *CanonCheck
1471 = DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1472 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized canonical array type broken");
1473 (void)CanonCheck;
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001474 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001475 }
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001476 } else {
1477 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedArrayType(CanonEltTy, NumElts,
1478 ASM, EltTypeQuals,
1479 SourceRange());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001480 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1481 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, Canon,
1482 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001483 }
1484 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001485
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001486 Types.push_back(New);
1487 return QualType(New, 0);
1488}
1489
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001490QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1491 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1492 unsigned EltTypeQuals) {
1493 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner0be2ef22009-02-19 17:31:02 +00001494 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001495
1496 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001497 if (IncompleteArrayType *ATP =
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001498 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1499 return QualType(ATP, 0);
1500
1501 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1502 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1503 QualType Canonical;
1504
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001505 if (!EltTy.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001506 Canonical = getIncompleteArrayType(getCanonicalType(EltTy),
Ted Kremenek2bd24ba2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00001507 ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001508
1509 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1510 IncompleteArrayType *NewIP =
1511 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001512 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Ted Kremenek2bd24ba2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00001513 }
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001514
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001515 IncompleteArrayType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1516 IncompleteArrayType(EltTy, Canonical, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001517
1518 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1519 Types.push_back(New);
1520 return QualType(New, 0);
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001521}
1522
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001523/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of
1524/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
John Thompson82287d12010-02-05 00:12:22 +00001525QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts,
Chris Lattner788b0fd2010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001526 VectorType::AltiVecSpecific AltiVecSpec) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001527 BuiltinType *baseType;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001528
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001529 baseType = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(getCanonicalType(vecType).getTypePtr());
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001530 assert(baseType != 0 && "getVectorType(): Expecting a built-in type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001531
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001532 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1533 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner788b0fd2010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001534 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector, AltiVecSpec);
1535
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001536 void *InsertPos = 0;
1537 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1538 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1539
1540 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1541 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1542 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor255210e2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00001543 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattner788b0fd2010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001544 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts,
1545 VectorType::NotAltiVec);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001546
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001547 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1548 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001549 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001550 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001551 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Chris Lattner788b0fd2010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001552 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, AltiVecSpec);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001553 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1554 Types.push_back(New);
1555 return QualType(New, 0);
1556}
1557
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001558/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001559/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001560QualType ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) {
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001561 BuiltinType *baseType;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001562
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001563 baseType = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(getCanonicalType(vecType).getTypePtr());
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001564 assert(baseType != 0 && "getExtVectorType(): Expecting a built-in type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001565
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001566 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1567 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner788b0fd2010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001568 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector,
1569 VectorType::NotAltiVec);
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001570 void *InsertPos = 0;
1571 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1572 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1573
1574 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1575 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1576 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001577 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001578 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001579
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001580 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1581 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001582 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001583 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001584 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1585 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical);
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001586 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1587 Types.push_back(New);
1588 return QualType(New, 0);
1589}
1590
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001591QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType,
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00001592 Expr *SizeExpr,
1593 SourceLocation AttrLoc) {
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001594 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001595 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType),
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001596 SizeExpr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001597
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001598 void *InsertPos = 0;
1599 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon
1600 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1601 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New;
1602 if (Canon) {
1603 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
1604 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001605 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1606 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0),
1607 SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001608 } else {
1609 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType);
1610 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) {
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001611 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1612 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr,
1613 AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001614
1615 DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck
1616 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1617 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken");
1618 (void)CanonCheck;
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001619 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1620 } else {
1621 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr,
1622 SourceLocation());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001623 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1624 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001625 }
1626 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001627
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00001628 Types.push_back(New);
1629 return QualType(New, 0);
1630}
1631
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001632/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001633///
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001634QualType ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy,
1635 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) {
1636 const CallingConv CallConv = Info.getCC();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001637 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
1638 // structure.
1639 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001640 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001641
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001642 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001643 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT =
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001644 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001645 return QualType(FT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001646
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001647 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001648 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical() ||
John McCall04a67a62010-02-05 21:31:56 +00001649 getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001650 Canonical =
1651 getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
1652 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001653
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001654 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001655 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP =
1656 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001657 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001658 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001659
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001660 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001661 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, Info);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001662 Types.push_back(New);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001663 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001664 return QualType(New, 0);
1665}
1666
1667/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument
1668/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'.
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00001669QualType ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy,const QualType *ArgArray,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis971c4fa2008-10-24 21:46:40 +00001670 unsigned NumArgs, bool isVariadic,
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001671 unsigned TypeQuals, bool hasExceptionSpec,
1672 bool hasAnyExceptionSpec, unsigned NumExs,
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001673 const QualType *ExArray,
1674 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) {
1675 const CallingConv CallConv= Info.getCC();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001676 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
1677 // structure.
1678 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001679 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, isVariadic,
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001680 TypeQuals, hasExceptionSpec, hasAnyExceptionSpec,
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001681 NumExs, ExArray, Info);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001682
1683 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001684 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP =
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001685 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001686 return QualType(FTP, 0);
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001687
1688 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not.
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001689 bool isCanonical = !hasExceptionSpec && ResultTy.isCanonical();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001690 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i)
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001691 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001692 isCanonical = false;
1693
1694 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it.
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001695 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001696 QualType Canonical;
John McCall04a67a62010-02-05 21:31:56 +00001697 if (!isCanonical || getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001698 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs;
1699 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
1700 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001701 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i]));
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001702
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001703 Canonical = getFunctionType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00001704 CanonicalArgs.data(), NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor47259d92009-08-05 19:03:35 +00001705 isVariadic, TypeQuals, false,
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001706 false, 0, 0,
1707 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)));
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001708
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001709 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001710 FunctionProtoType *NewIP =
1711 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001712 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001713 }
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001714
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001715 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after them
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001716 // for two variable size arrays (for parameter and exception types) at the
1717 // end of them.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001718 FunctionProtoType *FTP =
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001719 (FunctionProtoType*)Allocate(sizeof(FunctionProtoType) +
1720 NumArgs*sizeof(QualType) +
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001721 NumExs*sizeof(QualType), TypeAlignment);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001722 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, isVariadic,
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001723 TypeQuals, hasExceptionSpec, hasAnyExceptionSpec,
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001724 ExArray, NumExs, Canonical, Info);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001725 Types.push_back(FTP);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001726 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001727 return QualType(FTP, 0);
1728}
1729
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00001730#ifndef NDEBUG
1731static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) {
1732 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) return false;
1733 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D);
1734 if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD))
1735 return true;
1736 if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() &&
1737 !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD))
1738 return true;
1739 return false;
1740}
1741#endif
1742
1743/// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the
1744/// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration.
1745QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl,
1746 QualType TST) {
1747 assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl));
1748 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) {
1749 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis37ffed32010-07-02 11:55:32 +00001750 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration()) {
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00001751 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type");
1752 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
1753 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
1754 } else {
John McCall31f17ec2010-04-27 00:57:59 +00001755 Decl->TypeForDecl =
1756 new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST);
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00001757 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
1758 }
1759 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1760}
1761
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001762/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
1763/// specified type declaration.
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001764QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1e6759e2008-10-16 16:50:47 +00001765 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param");
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001766 assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001767
John McCall19c85762010-02-16 03:57:14 +00001768 if (const TypedefDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(Decl))
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001769 return getTypedefType(Typedef);
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001770
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001771 assert(!isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl) &&
1772 "Template type parameter types are always available.");
1773
John McCall19c85762010-02-16 03:57:14 +00001774 if (const RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001775 assert(!Record->getPreviousDeclaration() &&
1776 "struct/union has previous declaration");
1777 assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00001778 return getRecordType(Record);
John McCall19c85762010-02-16 03:57:14 +00001779 } else if (const EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001780 assert(!Enum->getPreviousDeclaration() &&
1781 "enum has previous declaration");
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00001782 return getEnumType(Enum);
John McCall19c85762010-02-16 03:57:14 +00001783 } else if (const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using =
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +00001784 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) {
1785 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using);
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00001786 } else
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001787 llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?");
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +00001788
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001789 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +00001790 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001791}
1792
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001793/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
1794/// specified typename decl.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00001795QualType
1796ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefDecl *Decl, QualType Canonical) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001797 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001798
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00001799 if (Canonical.isNull())
1800 Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001801 Decl->TypeForDecl = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
1802 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001803 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
1804 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1805}
1806
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00001807QualType ASTContext::getRecordType(const RecordDecl *Decl) {
1808 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1809
1810 if (const RecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration())
1811 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl)
1812 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1813
1814 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Decl);
1815 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
1816 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1817}
1818
1819QualType ASTContext::getEnumType(const EnumDecl *Decl) {
1820 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1821
1822 if (const EnumDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration())
1823 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl)
1824 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1825
1826 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Decl);
1827 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
1828 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1829}
1830
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001831/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type.
1832QualType
1833ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
1834 QualType Replacement) {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001835 assert(Replacement.isCanonical()
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001836 && "replacement types must always be canonical");
1837
1838 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1839 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement);
1840 void *InsertPos = 0;
1841 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm
1842 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1843
1844 if (!SubstParm) {
1845 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1846 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement);
1847 Types.push_back(SubstParm);
1848 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
1849 }
1850
1851 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
1852}
1853
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001854/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001855/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally)
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001856/// name.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001857QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index,
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001858 bool ParameterPack,
Douglas Gregorefed5c82010-06-16 15:23:05 +00001859 IdentifierInfo *Name) {
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001860 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregorefed5c82010-06-16 15:23:05 +00001861 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, Name);
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001862 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001863 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001864 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1865
1866 if (TypeParm)
1867 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001868
Douglas Gregorefed5c82010-06-16 15:23:05 +00001869 if (Name) {
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001870 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Douglas Gregorefed5c82010-06-16 15:23:05 +00001871 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1872 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001873
1874 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck
1875 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1876 assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken");
1877 (void)TypeCheck;
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001878 } else
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001879 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1880 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001881
1882 Types.push_back(TypeParm);
1883 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos);
1884
1885 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
1886}
1887
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00001888TypeSourceInfo *
1889ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name,
1890 SourceLocation NameLoc,
1891 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
1892 QualType CanonType) {
1893 QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, CanonType);
1894
1895 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST);
1896 TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL
1897 = cast<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>(DI->getTypeLoc());
1898 TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc);
1899 TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc());
1900 TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc());
1901 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i)
1902 TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo());
1903 return DI;
1904}
1905
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001906QualType
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00001907ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00001908 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
John McCall71d74bc2010-06-13 09:25:03 +00001909 QualType Canon) {
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00001910 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size();
1911
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00001912 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec;
1913 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs);
1914 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
1915 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument());
1916
John McCall31f17ec2010-04-27 00:57:59 +00001917 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs,
John McCall71d74bc2010-06-13 09:25:03 +00001918 Canon);
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00001919}
1920
1921QualType
1922ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00001923 const TemplateArgument *Args,
1924 unsigned NumArgs,
John McCall71d74bc2010-06-13 09:25:03 +00001925 QualType Canon) {
Douglas Gregorb88e8882009-07-30 17:40:51 +00001926 if (!Canon.isNull())
1927 Canon = getCanonicalType(Canon);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00001928 else
1929 Canon = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregorfc705b82009-02-26 22:19:44 +00001930
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001931 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't
1932 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that
1933 // we don't unique and don't want to lose.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001934 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
Douglas Gregor40808ce2009-03-09 23:48:35 +00001935 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001936 TypeAlignment);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001937 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
John McCallef990012010-06-11 11:07:21 +00001938 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(Template,
John McCall31f17ec2010-04-27 00:57:59 +00001939 Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor828e2262009-07-29 16:09:57 +00001940 Canon);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001941
Douglas Gregor55f6b142009-02-09 18:46:07 +00001942 Types.push_back(Spec);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001943 return QualType(Spec, 0);
Douglas Gregor55f6b142009-02-09 18:46:07 +00001944}
1945
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001946QualType
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00001947ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
1948 const TemplateArgument *Args,
1949 unsigned NumArgs) {
1950 // Build the canonical template specialization type.
1951 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template);
1952 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs;
1953 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
1954 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
1955 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]));
1956
1957 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already
1958 // exists.
1959 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1960 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate,
1961 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this);
1962
1963 void *InsertPos = 0;
1964 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
1965 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1966
1967 if (!Spec) {
1968 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type.
1969 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
1970 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
1971 TypeAlignment);
1972 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(CanonTemplate,
1973 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs,
1974 QualType());
1975 Types.push_back(Spec);
1976 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos);
1977 }
1978
1979 assert(Spec->isDependentType() &&
1980 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type");
1981 return QualType(Spec, 0);
1982}
1983
1984QualType
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00001985ASTContext::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
1986 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
1987 QualType NamedType) {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001988 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00001989 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, NamedType);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001990
1991 void *InsertPos = 0;
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00001992 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001993 if (T)
1994 return QualType(T, 0);
1995
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001996 QualType Canon = NamedType;
1997 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) {
1998 Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType);
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00001999 ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2000 assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type broken");
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002001 (void)CheckT;
2002 }
2003
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002004 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, NamedType, Canon);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002005 Types.push_back(T);
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002006 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002007 return QualType(T, 0);
2008}
2009
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002010QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2011 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
2012 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
2013 QualType Canon) {
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002014 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
2015
2016 if (Canon.isNull()) {
2017 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002018 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
2019 if (Keyword == ETK_None)
2020 CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
2021
2022 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword)
2023 Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, Name);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002024 }
2025
2026 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002027 DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002028
2029 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregor4714c122010-03-31 17:34:00 +00002030 DependentNameType *T
2031 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002032 if (T)
2033 return QualType(T, 0);
2034
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002035 T = new (*this) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002036 Types.push_back(T);
Douglas Gregor4714c122010-03-31 17:34:00 +00002037 DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002038 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002039}
2040
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002041QualType
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002042ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(
2043 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002044 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002045 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
2046 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args) {
2047 // TODO: avoid this copy
2048 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> ArgCopy;
2049 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I)
2050 ArgCopy.push_back(Args[I].getArgument());
2051 return getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name,
2052 ArgCopy.size(),
2053 ArgCopy.data());
2054}
2055
2056QualType
2057ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(
2058 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2059 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
2060 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
2061 unsigned NumArgs,
2062 const TemplateArgument *Args) {
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002063 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
2064
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002065 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002066 DependentTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, *this, Keyword, NNS,
2067 Name, NumArgs, Args);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002068
2069 void *InsertPos = 0;
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002070 DependentTemplateSpecializationType *T
2071 = DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002072 if (T)
2073 return QualType(T, 0);
2074
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002075 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002076
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002077 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
2078 if (Keyword == ETK_None) CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
2079
2080 bool AnyNonCanonArgs = false;
2081 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> CanonArgs(NumArgs);
2082 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) {
2083 CanonArgs[I] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]);
2084 if (!CanonArgs[I].structurallyEquals(Args[I]))
2085 AnyNonCanonArgs = true;
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002086 }
2087
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002088 QualType Canon;
2089 if (AnyNonCanonArgs || CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) {
2090 Canon = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS,
2091 Name, NumArgs,
2092 CanonArgs.data());
2093
2094 // Find the insert position again.
2095 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2096 }
2097
2098 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationType) +
2099 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
2100 TypeAlignment);
John McCallef990012010-06-11 11:07:21 +00002101 T = new (Mem) DependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS,
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002102 Name, NumArgs, Args, Canon);
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002103 Types.push_back(T);
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002104 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002105 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002106}
2107
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002108/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols
2109/// alphabetically.
2110static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS,
2111 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) {
Douglas Gregor2e1cd422008-11-17 14:58:09 +00002112 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName();
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002113}
2114
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002115static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002116 unsigned NumProtocols) {
2117 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true;
2118
2119 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i)
2120 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]))
2121 return false;
2122 return true;
2123}
2124
2125static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols,
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002126 unsigned &NumProtocols) {
2127 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002128
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002129 // Sort protocols, keyed by name.
2130 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames);
2131
2132 // Remove duplicates.
2133 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd);
2134 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols;
2135}
2136
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002137QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType,
2138 ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
2139 unsigned NumProtocols) {
2140 // If the base type is an interface and there aren't any protocols
2141 // to add, then the interface type will do just fine.
2142 if (!NumProtocols && isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(BaseType))
2143 return BaseType;
2144
2145 // Look in the folding set for an existing type.
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002146 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002147 ObjCObjectTypeImpl::Profile(ID, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols);
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002148 void *InsertPos = 0;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002149 if (ObjCObjectType *QT = ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2150 return QualType(QT, 0);
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002151
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002152 // Build the canonical type, which has the canonical base type and
2153 // a sorted-and-uniqued list of protocols.
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002154 QualType Canonical;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002155 bool ProtocolsSorted = areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols);
2156 if (!ProtocolsSorted || !BaseType.isCanonical()) {
2157 if (!ProtocolsSorted) {
Benjamin Kramer02379412010-04-27 17:12:11 +00002158 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(Protocols,
2159 Protocols + NumProtocols);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002160 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols;
2161
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002162 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002163 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType),
2164 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002165 } else {
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002166 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType),
2167 Protocols, NumProtocols);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002168 }
2169
2170 // Regenerate InsertPos.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002171 ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2172 }
2173
2174 unsigned Size = sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeImpl);
2175 Size += NumProtocols * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *);
2176 void *Mem = Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment);
2177 ObjCObjectTypeImpl *T =
2178 new (Mem) ObjCObjectTypeImpl(Canonical, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols);
2179
2180 Types.push_back(T);
2181 ObjCObjectTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
2182 return QualType(T, 0);
2183}
2184
2185/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for
2186/// the given object type.
2187QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType ObjectT) {
2188 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2189 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, ObjectT);
2190
2191 void *InsertPos = 0;
2192 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT =
2193 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2194 return QualType(QT, 0);
2195
2196 // Find the canonical object type.
2197 QualType Canonical;
2198 if (!ObjectT.isCanonical()) {
2199 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(ObjectT));
2200
2201 // Regenerate InsertPos.
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002202 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2203 }
2204
Douglas Gregorfd6a0882010-02-08 22:59:26 +00002205 // No match.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002206 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType), TypeAlignment);
2207 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType =
2208 new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, ObjectT);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002209
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002210 Types.push_back(QType);
2211 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos);
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002212 return QualType(QType, 0);
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002213}
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002214
Douglas Gregordeacbdc2010-08-11 12:19:30 +00002215/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2216/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional.
2217QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) {
2218 if (Decl->TypeForDecl)
2219 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002220
Douglas Gregordeacbdc2010-08-11 12:19:30 +00002221 // FIXME: redeclarations?
2222 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType), TypeAlignment);
2223 ObjCInterfaceType *T = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
2224 Decl->TypeForDecl = T;
2225 Types.push_back(T);
2226 return QualType(T, 0);
Fariborz Jahanian4b6c9052007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002227}
2228
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002229/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique
2230/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example,
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002231/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002232/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002233/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002234QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002235 TypeOfExprType *toe;
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002236 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2237 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2238 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002239
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002240 void *InsertPos = 0;
2241 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon
2242 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2243 if (Canon) {
2244 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent
2245 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002246 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr,
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002247 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0));
2248 }
2249 else {
2250 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002251 Canon
2252 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr);
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002253 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2254 toe = Canon;
2255 }
2256 } else {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002257 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002258 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical);
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002259 }
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002260 Types.push_back(toe);
2261 return QualType(toe, 0);
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002262}
2263
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002264/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2265/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2266/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002267/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002268/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002269QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002270 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002271 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical);
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002272 Types.push_back(tot);
2273 return QualType(tot, 0);
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002274}
2275
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002276/// getDecltypeForExpr - Given an expr, will return the decltype for that
2277/// expression, according to the rules in C++0x [dcl.type.simple]p4
2278static QualType getDecltypeForExpr(const Expr *e, ASTContext &Context) {
Anders Carlssona07c33e2009-06-25 15:00:34 +00002279 if (e->isTypeDependent())
2280 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002281
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002282 // If e is an id expression or a class member access, decltype(e) is defined
2283 // as the type of the entity named by e.
2284 if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(e)) {
2285 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(DRE->getDecl()))
2286 return VD->getType();
2287 }
2288 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(e)) {
2289 if (const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
2290 return FD->getType();
2291 }
2292 // If e is a function call or an invocation of an overloaded operator,
2293 // (parentheses around e are ignored), decltype(e) is defined as the
2294 // return type of that function.
2295 if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(e->IgnoreParens()))
2296 return CE->getCallReturnType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002297
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002298 QualType T = e->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002299
2300 // Otherwise, where T is the type of e, if e is an lvalue, decltype(e) is
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002301 // defined as T&, otherwise decltype(e) is defined as T.
2302 if (e->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
2303 T = Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002304
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002305 return T;
2306}
2307
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002308/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2309/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2310/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002311/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002312/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
2313QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e) {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002314 DecltypeType *dt;
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002315 if (e->isTypeDependent()) {
2316 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2317 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002318
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002319 void *InsertPos = 0;
2320 DependentDecltypeType *Canon
2321 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2322 if (Canon) {
2323 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent
2324 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002325 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, DependentTy,
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002326 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0));
2327 }
2328 else {
2329 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002330 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e);
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002331 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2332 dt = Canon;
2333 }
2334 } else {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002335 QualType T = getDecltypeForExpr(e, *this);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002336 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, T, getCanonicalType(T));
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002337 }
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002338 Types.push_back(dt);
2339 return QualType(dt, 0);
2340}
2341
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002342/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2343/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl.
Mike Stumpe607ed02009-08-07 18:05:12 +00002344QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) {
Ted Kremenekd778f882007-11-26 21:16:01 +00002345 assert (Decl);
Mike Stumpe607ed02009-08-07 18:05:12 +00002346 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting
2347 // away const? mutable?
2348 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002349}
2350
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002351/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result
2352/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and
2353/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>.
Anders Carlssona3ccda52009-12-12 00:26:23 +00002354CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00002355 return getFromTargetType(Target.getSizeType());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002356}
2357
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +00002358/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t".
2359/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
2360QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const {
2361 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
2362 return WCharTy;
2363}
2364
2365/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t".
2366/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
2367QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const {
2368 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
2369 return UnsignedIntTy;
2370}
2371
Chris Lattner8b9023b2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00002372/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (ref?)
2373/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9).
2374QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00002375 return getFromTargetType(Target.getPtrDiffType(0));
Chris Lattner8b9023b2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00002376}
2377
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002378//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2379// Type Operators
2380//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2381
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002382CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) {
2383 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining
2384 // qualifiers.
2385 T = getCanonicalType(T);
2386 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr();
2387
2388 QualType Result;
2389 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
2390 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0));
2391 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) {
2392 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0));
2393 } else {
2394 Result = QualType(Ty, 0);
2395 }
2396
2397 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result);
2398}
2399
Chris Lattner77c96472008-04-06 22:41:35 +00002400/// getCanonicalType - Return the canonical (structural) type corresponding to
2401/// the specified potentially non-canonical type. The non-canonical version
2402/// of a type may have many "decorated" versions of types. Decorators can
2403/// include typedefs, 'typeof' operators, etc. The returned type is guaranteed
2404/// to be free of any of these, allowing two canonical types to be compared
2405/// for exact equality with a simple pointer comparison.
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002406CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalType(QualType T) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002407 QualifierCollector Quals;
2408 const Type *Ptr = Quals.strip(T);
2409 QualType CanType = Ptr->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002410
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002411 // The canonical internal type will be the canonical type *except*
2412 // that we push type qualifiers down through array types.
2413
2414 // If there are no new qualifiers to push down, stop here.
2415 if (!Quals.hasQualifiers())
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002416 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(CanType);
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002417
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002418 // If the type qualifiers are on an array type, get the canonical
2419 // type of the array with the qualifiers applied to the element
2420 // type.
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002421 ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CanType);
2422 if (!AT)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002423 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(getQualifiedType(CanType, Quals));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002424
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002425 // Get the canonical version of the element with the extra qualifiers on it.
2426 // This can recursively sink qualifiers through multiple levels of arrays.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002427 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(AT->getElementType(), Quals);
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002428 NewEltTy = getCanonicalType(NewEltTy);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002429
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002430 if (ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002431 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2432 getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
2433 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002434 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002435 if (IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002436 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2437 getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy, IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002438 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002439
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002440 if (DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002441 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2442 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedmanbbed6b92009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002443 DSAT->getSizeExpr() ?
2444 DSAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002445 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002446 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor87a924e2009-10-30 22:56:57 +00002447 DSAT->getBracketsRange())->getCanonicalTypeInternal());
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002448
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002449 VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(AT);
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002450 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedmanbbed6b92009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002451 VAT->getSizeExpr() ?
2452 VAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002453 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002454 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002455 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002456}
2457
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002458QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType T,
2459 Qualifiers &Quals) {
Chandler Carruth5535c382010-01-12 20:32:25 +00002460 Quals = T.getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002461 const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(T);
2462 if (!AT) {
Chandler Carruth5535c382010-01-12 20:32:25 +00002463 return T.getUnqualifiedType();
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002464 }
2465
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002466 QualType Elt = AT->getElementType();
Zhongxing Xuc1ae0a82010-01-05 08:15:06 +00002467 QualType UnqualElt = getUnqualifiedArrayType(Elt, Quals);
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002468 if (Elt == UnqualElt)
2469 return T;
2470
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002471 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) {
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002472 return getConstantArrayType(UnqualElt, CAT->getSize(),
2473 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
2474 }
2475
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002476 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) {
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002477 return getIncompleteArrayType(UnqualElt, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
2478 }
2479
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002480 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(AT)) {
2481 return getVariableArrayType(UnqualElt,
2482 VAT->getSizeExpr() ?
2483 VAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
2484 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
2485 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
2486 VAT->getBracketsRange());
2487 }
2488
2489 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT);
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002490 return getDependentSizedArrayType(UnqualElt, DSAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain(),
2491 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0,
2492 SourceRange());
2493}
2494
Douglas Gregor5a57efd2010-06-09 03:53:18 +00002495/// UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes - If T1 and T2 are pointer types that
2496/// may be similar (C++ 4.4), replaces T1 and T2 with the type that
2497/// they point to and return true. If T1 and T2 aren't pointer types
2498/// or pointer-to-member types, or if they are not similar at this
2499/// level, returns false and leaves T1 and T2 unchanged. Top-level
2500/// qualifiers on T1 and T2 are ignored. This function will typically
2501/// be called in a loop that successively "unwraps" pointer and
2502/// pointer-to-member types to compare them at each level.
2503bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) {
2504 const PointerType *T1PtrType = T1->getAs<PointerType>(),
2505 *T2PtrType = T2->getAs<PointerType>();
2506 if (T1PtrType && T2PtrType) {
2507 T1 = T1PtrType->getPointeeType();
2508 T2 = T2PtrType->getPointeeType();
2509 return true;
2510 }
2511
2512 const MemberPointerType *T1MPType = T1->getAs<MemberPointerType>(),
2513 *T2MPType = T2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
2514 if (T1MPType && T2MPType &&
2515 hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(T1MPType->getClass(), 0),
2516 QualType(T2MPType->getClass(), 0))) {
2517 T1 = T1MPType->getPointeeType();
2518 T2 = T2MPType->getPointeeType();
2519 return true;
2520 }
2521
2522 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) {
2523 const ObjCObjectPointerType *T1OPType = T1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
2524 *T2OPType = T2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
2525 if (T1OPType && T2OPType) {
2526 T1 = T1OPType->getPointeeType();
2527 T2 = T2OPType->getPointeeType();
2528 return true;
2529 }
2530 }
2531
2532 // FIXME: Block pointers, too?
2533
2534 return false;
2535}
2536
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002537DeclarationNameInfo ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name,
2538 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002539 if (TemplateDecl *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl())
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002540 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc?
2541 return DeclarationNameInfo(TD->getDeclName(), NameLoc);
2542
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002543 if (DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName()) {
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002544 DeclarationName DName;
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002545 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) {
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002546 DName = DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier());
2547 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc);
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002548 } else {
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002549 DName = DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator());
2550 // DNInfo work in progress: FIXME: source locations?
2551 DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc;
2552 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding();
2553 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding();
2554 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc, DNLoc);
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002555 }
2556 }
2557
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00002558 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate();
2559 assert(Storage);
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002560 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc?
2561 return DeclarationNameInfo((*Storage->begin())->getDeclName(), NameLoc);
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002562}
2563
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002564TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) {
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +00002565 if (TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
2566 if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP
2567 = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Template))
2568 Template = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TTP);
2569
2570 // The canonical template name is the canonical template declaration.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis97fbaa22009-07-18 00:34:25 +00002571 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl()));
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +00002572 }
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002573
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00002574 assert(!Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002575
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002576 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName();
2577 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls.");
2578 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName;
2579}
2580
Douglas Gregordb0d4b72009-11-11 23:06:43 +00002581bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) {
2582 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X);
2583 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y);
2584 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer();
2585}
2586
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002587TemplateArgument
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002588ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) {
2589 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
2590 case TemplateArgument::Null:
2591 return Arg;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002592
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002593 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002594 return Arg;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002595
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002596 case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002597 return TemplateArgument(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002598
Douglas Gregor788cd062009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002599 case TemplateArgument::Template:
2600 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate()));
2601
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002602 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002603 return TemplateArgument(*Arg.getAsIntegral(),
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002604 getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002605
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002606 case TemplateArgument::Type:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002607 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002608
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002609 case TemplateArgument::Pack: {
2610 // FIXME: Allocate in ASTContext
2611 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs = new TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()];
2612 unsigned Idx = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002613 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(),
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002614 AEnd = Arg.pack_end();
2615 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx)
2616 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002617
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002618 TemplateArgument Result;
2619 Result.setArgumentPack(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size(), false);
2620 return Result;
2621 }
2622 }
2623
2624 // Silence GCC warning
2625 assert(false && "Unhandled template argument kind");
2626 return TemplateArgument();
2627}
2628
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002629NestedNameSpecifier *
2630ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002631 if (!NNS)
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002632 return 0;
2633
2634 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
2635 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
2636 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002637 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this,
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002638 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()),
2639 NNS->getAsIdentifier());
2640
2641 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
2642 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
2643 // this namespace and no prefix.
2644 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, NNS->getAsNamespace());
2645
2646 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
2647 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: {
2648 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002649 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0,
2650 NNS->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate,
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002651 T.getTypePtr());
2652 }
2653
2654 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
2655 // The global specifier is canonical and unique.
2656 return NNS;
2657 }
2658
2659 // Required to silence a GCC warning
2660 return 0;
2661}
2662
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002663
2664const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) {
2665 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002666 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002667 // Handle the common positive case fast.
2668 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T))
2669 return AT;
2670 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002671
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002672 // Handle the common negative case fast.
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002673 QualType CType = T->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002674 if (!isa<ArrayType>(CType))
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002675 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002676
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002677 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002678 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes
2679 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type."
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002680
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002681 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have
2682 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002683 // we must propagate them down into the element type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002684
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002685 QualifierCollector Qs;
2686 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T.getDesugaredType());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002687
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002688 // If we have a simple case, just return now.
2689 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Ty);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002690 if (ATy == 0 || Qs.empty())
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002691 return ATy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002692
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002693 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the
2694 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type.
2695 // Get the canonical version of the element with the extra qualifiers on it.
2696 // This can recursively sink qualifiers through multiple levels of arrays.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002697 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), Qs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002698
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002699 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy))
2700 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
2701 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002702 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002703 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy))
2704 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy,
2705 IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002706 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002707
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002708 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002709 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy))
2710 return cast<ArrayType>(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002711 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedmanbbed6b92009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002712 DSAT->getSizeExpr() ?
2713 DSAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002714 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002715 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002716 DSAT->getBracketsRange()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002717
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002718 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy);
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002719 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedmanbbed6b92009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002720 VAT->getSizeExpr() ?
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002721 VAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002722 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002723 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002724 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattner77c96472008-04-06 22:41:35 +00002725}
2726
2727
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002728/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the
2729/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when
2730/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type,
2731/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array.
2732///
2733/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3.
2734QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002735 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any
2736 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation
2737 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present
2738 // (C99 6.7.3p8).
2739 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty);
2740 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002741
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002742 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType());
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002743
2744 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002745 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers());
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002746}
2747
Douglas Gregor5e03f9e2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002748QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType QT) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002749 QualifierCollector Qs;
Benjamin Kramer02379412010-04-27 17:12:11 +00002750 while (const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(QualType(Qs.strip(QT), 0)))
2751 QT = AT->getElementType();
2752 return Qs.apply(QT);
Douglas Gregor5e03f9e2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002753}
2754
Anders Carlssonfbbce492009-09-25 01:23:32 +00002755QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *AT) {
2756 QualType ElemTy = AT->getElementType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002757
Anders Carlssonfbbce492009-09-25 01:23:32 +00002758 if (const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(ElemTy))
2759 return getBaseElementType(AT);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002760
Anders Carlsson6183a992008-12-21 03:44:36 +00002761 return ElemTy;
2762}
2763
Fariborz Jahanian0de78992009-08-21 16:31:06 +00002764/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002765uint64_t
Fariborz Jahanian0de78992009-08-21 16:31:06 +00002766ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const {
2767 uint64_t ElementCount = 1;
2768 do {
2769 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue();
2770 CA = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(CA->getElementType());
2771 } while (CA);
2772 return ElementCount;
2773}
2774
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002775/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types.
2776/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float.
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002777static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002778 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002779 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType());
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002780
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002781 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
2782 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002783 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002784 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank;
2785 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank;
2786 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank;
2787 }
2788}
2789
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002790/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating
2791/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize).
Steve Naroff716c7302007-08-27 01:41:48 +00002792/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type.
2793/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type.
Chris Lattner1361b112008-04-06 23:58:54 +00002794QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size,
2795 QualType Domain) const {
2796 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size);
2797 if (Domain->isComplexType()) {
2798 switch (EltRank) {
Steve Naroff716c7302007-08-27 01:41:48 +00002799 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
Steve Narofff1448a02007-08-27 01:27:54 +00002800 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy;
2801 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy;
2802 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy;
2803 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002804 }
Chris Lattner1361b112008-04-06 23:58:54 +00002805
2806 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!");
2807 switch (EltRank) {
2808 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
2809 case FloatRank: return FloatTy;
2810 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy;
2811 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy;
Steve Narofff1448a02007-08-27 01:27:54 +00002812 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002813}
2814
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002815/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating
2816/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' ==
2817/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002818/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002819int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
2820 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS);
2821 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002822
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002823 if (LHSR == RHSR)
Steve Narofffb0d4962007-08-27 15:30:22 +00002824 return 0;
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002825 if (LHSR > RHSR)
Steve Narofffb0d4962007-08-27 15:30:22 +00002826 return 1;
2827 return -1;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002828}
2829
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002830/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This
2831/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum,
2832/// or if it is not canonicalized.
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002833unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(Type *T) {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00002834 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized");
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002835 if (EnumType* ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00002836 T = ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType().getTypePtr();
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002837
Eli Friedmana3426752009-07-05 23:44:27 +00002838 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::WChar))
2839 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()).getTypePtr();
2840
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00002841 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char16))
2842 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()).getTypePtr();
2843
2844 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char32))
2845 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()).getTypePtr();
2846
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002847 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002848 default: assert(0 && "getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer");
2849 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002850 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002851 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
2852 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
2853 case BuiltinType::SChar:
2854 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002855 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002856 case BuiltinType::Short:
2857 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002858 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002859 case BuiltinType::Int:
2860 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002861 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002862 case BuiltinType::Long:
2863 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002864 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002865 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
2866 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002867 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00002868 case BuiltinType::Int128:
2869 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
2870 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3);
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002871 }
2872}
2873
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00002874/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
2875/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions).
2876///
2877/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
2878/// promotion occurs.
2879QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) {
Douglas Gregorceafbde2010-05-24 20:13:53 +00002880 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
2881 return QualType();
2882
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00002883 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
2884 if (!Field)
2885 return QualType();
2886
2887 QualType FT = Field->getType();
2888
2889 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP = Field->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(*this);
2890 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
2891 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
2892 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal
2893 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is.
2894 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int.
2895 if (BitWidth < IntSize)
2896 return IntTy;
2897
2898 if (BitWidth == IntSize)
2899 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
2900
2901 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act
2902 // like the base type.
2903 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here
2904 // is ridiculous.
2905 return QualType();
2906}
2907
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00002908/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will
2909/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable
2910/// integer type.
2911QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) {
2912 assert(!Promotable.isNull());
2913 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType());
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00002914 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>())
2915 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00002916 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType())
2917 return IntTy;
2918 uint64_t PromotableSize = getTypeSize(Promotable);
2919 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
2920 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize);
2921 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
2922}
2923
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002924/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type:
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002925/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002926/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002927int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002928 Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr();
2929 Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr();
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002930 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002931
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002932 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
2933 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002934
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002935 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC);
2936 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002937
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002938 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned.
2939 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0;
2940 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1;
2941 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002942
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002943 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa.
2944 if (LHSUnsigned) {
2945 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it.
2946 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank)
2947 return 1;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002948
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002949 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
2950 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002951 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002952 return -1;
2953 }
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002954
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002955 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it.
2956 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank)
2957 return -1;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002958
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002959 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
2960 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002961 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002962 return 1;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002963}
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002964
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002965static RecordDecl *
2966CreateRecordDecl(ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK, DeclContext *DC,
2967 SourceLocation L, IdentifierInfo *Id) {
2968 if (Ctx.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2969 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, L, Id);
2970 else
2971 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, L, Id);
2972}
2973
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002974// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings.
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002975QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() {
2976 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002977 CFConstantStringTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002978 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002979 &Idents.get("NSConstantString"));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00002980 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition();
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002981
Anders Carlssonf06273f2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00002982 QualType FieldTypes[4];
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002983
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002984 // const int *isa;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002985 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst());
Anders Carlssonf06273f2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00002986 // int flags;
2987 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy;
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002988 // const char *str;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002989 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst());
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002990 // long length;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002991 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy;
2992
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002993 // Create fields
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002994 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002995 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl,
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002996 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002997 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002998 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +00002999 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003000 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003001 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003002 }
3003
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003004 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003005 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003006
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003007 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl);
Gabor Greif84675832007-09-11 15:32:40 +00003008}
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00003009
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003010void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003011 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003012 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType");
3013 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3014}
3015
Fariborz Jahanian2bb5dda2010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003016// getNSConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant NSStrings.
3017QualType ASTContext::getNSConstantStringType() {
3018 if (!NSConstantStringTypeDecl) {
3019 NSConstantStringTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003020 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Fariborz Jahanian2bb5dda2010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003021 &Idents.get("__builtin_NSString"));
3022 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition();
3023
3024 QualType FieldTypes[3];
3025
3026 // const int *isa;
3027 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst());
3028 // const char *str;
3029 FieldTypes[1] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst());
3030 // unsigned int length;
3031 FieldTypes[2] = UnsignedIntTy;
3032
3033 // Create fields
3034 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 3; ++i) {
3035 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, NSConstantStringTypeDecl,
3036 SourceLocation(), 0,
3037 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
3038 /*BitWidth=*/0,
3039 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003040 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Fariborz Jahanian2bb5dda2010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003041 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
3042 }
3043
3044 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
3045 }
3046
3047 return getTagDeclType(NSConstantStringTypeDecl);
3048}
3049
3050void ASTContext::setNSConstantStringType(QualType T) {
3051 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
3052 assert(Rec && "Invalid NSConstantStringType");
3053 NSConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3054}
3055
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003056QualType ASTContext::getObjCFastEnumerationStateType() {
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003057 if (!ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl) {
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003058 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003059 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003060 &Idents.get("__objcFastEnumerationState"));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003061 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->startDefinition();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003062
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003063 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3064 UnsignedLongTy,
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003065 getPointerType(ObjCIdTypedefType),
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003066 getPointerType(UnsignedLongTy),
3067 getConstantArrayType(UnsignedLongTy,
3068 llvm::APInt(32, 5), ArrayType::Normal, 0)
3069 };
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003070
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003071 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003072 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
3073 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl,
3074 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003075 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003076 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +00003077 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003078 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003079 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003080 }
Fariborz Jahanian38c9ab82010-05-27 16:05:06 +00003081 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Fariborz Jahanian81148e92010-05-27 16:35:00 +00003082 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD =
3083 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl))
Fariborz Jahanian38c9ab82010-05-27 16:05:06 +00003084 CXXRD->setEmpty(false);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003085
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003086 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003087 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003088
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003089 return getTagDeclType(ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl);
3090}
3091
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003092QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() {
3093 if (BlockDescriptorType)
3094 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
3095
3096 RecordDecl *T;
3097 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003098 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003099 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor"));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003100 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003101
3102 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3103 UnsignedLongTy,
3104 UnsignedLongTy,
3105 };
3106
3107 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3108 "reserved",
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003109 "Size"
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003110 };
3111
3112 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) {
3113 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
3114 T,
3115 SourceLocation(),
3116 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003117 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003118 /*BitWidth=*/0,
3119 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003120 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003121 T->addDecl(Field);
3122 }
3123
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003124 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003125
3126 BlockDescriptorType = T;
3127
3128 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
3129}
3130
3131void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorType(QualType T) {
3132 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
3133 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType");
3134 BlockDescriptorType = Rec->getDecl();
3135}
3136
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003137QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() {
3138 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType)
3139 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
3140
3141 RecordDecl *T;
3142 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003143 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003144 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose"));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003145 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003146
3147 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3148 UnsignedLongTy,
3149 UnsignedLongTy,
3150 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3151 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy)
3152 };
3153
3154 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3155 "reserved",
3156 "Size",
3157 "CopyFuncPtr",
3158 "DestroyFuncPtr"
3159 };
3160
3161 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
3162 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
3163 T,
3164 SourceLocation(),
3165 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003166 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003167 /*BitWidth=*/0,
3168 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003169 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003170 T->addDecl(Field);
3171 }
3172
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003173 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003174
3175 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T;
3176
3177 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
3178}
3179
3180void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorExtendedType(QualType T) {
3181 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
3182 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType");
3183 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = Rec->getDecl();
3184}
3185
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003186bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty) {
3187 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
3188 return true;
3189 if (isObjCNSObjectType(Ty))
3190 return true;
3191 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType())
3192 return true;
3193 return false;
3194}
3195
Daniel Dunbar4087f272010-08-17 22:39:59 +00003196QualType ASTContext::BuildByRefType(llvm::StringRef DeclName, QualType Ty) {
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003197 // type = struct __Block_byref_1_X {
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003198 // void *__isa;
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003199 // struct __Block_byref_1_X *__forwarding;
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003200 // unsigned int __flags;
3201 // unsigned int __size;
Eli Friedmana7e68452010-08-22 01:00:03 +00003202 // void *__copy_helper; // as needed
3203 // void *__destroy_help // as needed
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003204 // int X;
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003205 // } *
3206
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003207 bool HasCopyAndDispose = BlockRequiresCopying(Ty);
3208
3209 // FIXME: Move up
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +00003210 llvm::SmallString<36> Name;
3211 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__Block_byref_" <<
3212 ++UniqueBlockByRefTypeID << '_' << DeclName;
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003213 RecordDecl *T;
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003214 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003215 &Idents.get(Name.str()));
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003216 T->startDefinition();
3217 QualType Int32Ty = IntTy;
3218 assert(getIntWidth(IntTy) == 32 && "non-32bit int not supported");
3219 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3220 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3221 getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T)),
3222 Int32Ty,
3223 Int32Ty,
3224 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3225 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3226 Ty
3227 };
3228
Daniel Dunbar4087f272010-08-17 22:39:59 +00003229 llvm::StringRef FieldNames[] = {
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003230 "__isa",
3231 "__forwarding",
3232 "__flags",
3233 "__size",
3234 "__copy_helper",
3235 "__destroy_helper",
3236 DeclName,
3237 };
3238
3239 for (size_t i = 0; i < 7; ++i) {
3240 if (!HasCopyAndDispose && i >=4 && i <= 5)
3241 continue;
3242 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
3243 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003244 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003245 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003246 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003247 T->addDecl(Field);
3248 }
3249
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003250 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003251
3252 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T));
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003253}
3254
3255
3256QualType ASTContext::getBlockParmType(
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003257 bool BlockHasCopyDispose,
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +00003258 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<const Expr *> &Layout) {
3259
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003260 // FIXME: Move up
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +00003261 llvm::SmallString<36> Name;
3262 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__block_literal_"
3263 << ++UniqueBlockParmTypeID;
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003264 RecordDecl *T;
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003265 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003266 &Idents.get(Name.str()));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003267 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003268 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3269 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3270 IntTy,
3271 IntTy,
3272 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003273 (BlockHasCopyDispose ?
3274 getPointerType(getBlockDescriptorExtendedType()) :
3275 getPointerType(getBlockDescriptorType()))
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003276 };
3277
3278 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3279 "__isa",
3280 "__flags",
3281 "__reserved",
3282 "__FuncPtr",
3283 "__descriptor"
3284 };
3285
3286 for (size_t i = 0; i < 5; ++i) {
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003287 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003288 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003289 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003290 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003291 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003292 T->addDecl(Field);
3293 }
3294
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +00003295 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Layout.size(); ++i) {
3296 const Expr *E = Layout[i];
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003297
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +00003298 QualType FieldType = E->getType();
3299 IdentifierInfo *FieldName = 0;
3300 if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(E)) {
3301 FieldName = &Idents.get("this");
3302 } else if (const BlockDeclRefExpr *BDRE = dyn_cast<BlockDeclRefExpr>(E)) {
3303 const ValueDecl *D = BDRE->getDecl();
3304 FieldName = D->getIdentifier();
3305 if (BDRE->isByRef())
Daniel Dunbar4087f272010-08-17 22:39:59 +00003306 FieldType = BuildByRefType(D->getName(), FieldType);
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +00003307 } else {
3308 // Padding.
3309 assert(isa<ConstantArrayType>(FieldType) &&
3310 isa<DeclRefExpr>(E) &&
3311 !cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl()->getDeclName() &&
3312 "doesn't match characteristics of padding decl");
3313 }
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003314
3315 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +00003316 FieldName, FieldType, /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003317 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003318 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003319 T->addDecl(Field);
3320 }
3321
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003322 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003323
3324 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T));
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003325}
3326
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003327void ASTContext::setObjCFastEnumerationStateType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003328 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003329 assert(Rec && "Invalid ObjCFAstEnumerationStateType");
3330 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3331}
3332
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003333// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL:
3334// typedef <type> BOOL;
Chris Lattner2d998332007-10-30 20:27:44 +00003335static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) {
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003336 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T))
Chris Lattnerbb49c3e2008-11-24 03:52:59 +00003337 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
3338 return II->isStr("BOOL");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003339
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003340 return false;
3341}
3342
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003343/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003344/// purpose.
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003345CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) {
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003346 CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003347
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003348 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int
Douglas Gregor2ade35e2010-06-16 00:17:44 +00003349 if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003350 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy));
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003351 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in.
3352 else if (type->isArrayType())
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003353 sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003354 return sz;
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003355}
3356
3357static inline
3358std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) {
3359 return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity());
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003360}
3361
Fariborz Jahanian6f46c262010-04-08 18:06:22 +00003362/// getObjCEncodingForBlockDecl - Return the encoded type for this block
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003363/// declaration.
3364void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr,
3365 std::string& S) {
3366 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl();
3367 QualType BlockTy =
3368 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3369 // Encode result type.
John McCallc71a4912010-06-04 19:02:56 +00003370 getObjCEncodingForType(BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), S);
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003371 // Compute size of all parameters.
3372 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
3373 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
3374 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003375 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
3376 CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize;
Fariborz Jahanian6f46c262010-04-08 18:06:22 +00003377 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003378 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3379 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003380 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003381 assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type");
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003382 ParmOffset += sz;
3383 }
3384 // Size of the argument frame
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003385 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003386 // Block pointer and offset.
3387 S += "@?0";
3388 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3389
3390 // Argument types.
3391 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3392 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E =
3393 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3394 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
3395 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
3396 if (const ArrayType *AT =
3397 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3398 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3399 // elements.
3400 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
3401 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3402 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3403 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3404 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003405 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003406 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003407 }
3408}
3409
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003410/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003411/// declaration.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003412void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl,
Chris Lattnere6db3b02008-11-19 07:24:05 +00003413 std::string& S) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003414 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003415 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the return type.
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003416 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003417 // Encode result type.
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003418 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003419 // Compute size of all parameters.
3420 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
3421 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
3422 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003423 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003424 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for
3425 // their size.
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003426 CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003427 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian7732cc92010-04-08 21:29:11 +00003428 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003429 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003430 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003431 assert (sz.isPositive() &&
3432 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type");
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003433 ParmOffset += sz;
3434 }
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003435 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003436 S += "@0:";
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003437 S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003438
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003439 // Argument types.
3440 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003441 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian7732cc92010-04-08 21:29:11 +00003442 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003443 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003444 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
Fariborz Jahanian4306d3c2008-12-20 23:29:59 +00003445 if (const ArrayType *AT =
Steve Naroffab76d452009-04-14 00:03:58 +00003446 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3447 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3448 // elements.
Steve Naroffbb3fde32009-04-14 00:40:09 +00003449 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Steve Naroffab76d452009-04-14 00:03:58 +00003450 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3451 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3452 PType = PVDecl->getType();
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003453 // Process argument qualifiers for user supplied arguments; such as,
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003454 // 'in', 'inout', etc.
Fariborz Jahanian4306d3c2008-12-20 23:29:59 +00003455 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S);
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003456 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003457 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003458 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003459 }
3460}
3461
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003462/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this
Fariborz Jahanian83bccb82009-01-20 20:04:12 +00003463/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003464/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be
3465/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003466/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple
3467/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The
3468/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are
3469/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types
3470/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode
Fariborz Jahanian83bccb82009-01-20 20:04:12 +00003471/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration:
3472/// @code
3473/// enum PropertyAttributes {
3474/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only.
3475/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned
3476/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned
3477/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic
3478/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name
3479/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name
3480/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name
3481/// kPropertyType = 't' // followed by old-style type encoding.
3482/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property
3483/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able
3484/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic
3485/// };
3486/// @endcode
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003487void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003488 const Decl *Container,
Chris Lattnere6db3b02008-11-19 07:24:05 +00003489 std::string& S) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003490 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s).
3491 bool Dynamic = false;
3492 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0;
3493
3494 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction.
3495 if (Container) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003496 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID =
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003497 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) {
3498 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003499 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00003500 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003501 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
3502 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
3503 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
3504 Dynamic = true;
3505 } else {
3506 SynthesizePID = PID;
3507 }
3508 }
3509 }
3510 } else {
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00003511 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container);
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003512 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003513 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00003514 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003515 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
3516 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
3517 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
3518 Dynamic = true;
3519 } else {
3520 SynthesizePID = PID;
3521 }
3522 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003523 }
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003524 }
3525 }
3526
3527 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
3528 S = "T";
3529
3530 // Encode result type.
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003531 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which
3532 // closely resembles encoding of ivars.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003533 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0,
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003534 true /* outermost type */,
3535 true /* encoding for property */);
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003536
3537 if (PD->isReadOnly()) {
3538 S += ",R";
3539 } else {
3540 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) {
3541 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break;
3542 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003543 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break;
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003544 }
3545 }
3546
3547 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties
3548 // are "dynamic by default".
3549 if (Dynamic)
3550 S += ",D";
3551
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003552 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic)
3553 S += ",N";
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003554
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003555 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) {
3556 S += ",G";
Chris Lattner077bf5e2008-11-24 03:33:13 +00003557 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003558 }
3559
3560 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) {
3561 S += ",S";
Chris Lattner077bf5e2008-11-24 03:33:13 +00003562 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003563 }
3564
3565 if (SynthesizePID) {
3566 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl();
3567 S += ",V";
Chris Lattner39f34e92008-11-24 04:00:27 +00003568 S += OID->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003569 }
3570
3571 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong
3572}
3573
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003574/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding -
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003575/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as
3576/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003577/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer!
3578///
3579void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const {
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00003580 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003581 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanianc657eba2009-02-11 23:59:18 +00003582 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong &&
3583 ((const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32))
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003584 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003585 else
Fariborz Jahanianc657eba2009-02-11 23:59:18 +00003586 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long &&
3587 ((const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32))
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003588 PointeeTy = IntTy;
3589 }
3590 }
3591}
3592
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003593void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S,
Daniel Dunbar153bfe52009-04-20 06:37:24 +00003594 const FieldDecl *Field) {
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003595 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are
3596 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that
3597 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the
3598 // same type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003599 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field,
Fariborz Jahanian5b8c7d92008-12-22 23:22:27 +00003600 true /* outermost type */);
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003601}
3602
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003603static char ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(const ASTContext *C, QualType T) {
3604 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
3605 default: assert(0 && "Unhandled builtin type kind");
3606 case BuiltinType::Void: return 'v';
3607 case BuiltinType::Bool: return 'B';
3608 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
3609 case BuiltinType::UChar: return 'C';
3610 case BuiltinType::UShort: return 'S';
3611 case BuiltinType::UInt: return 'I';
3612 case BuiltinType::ULong:
3613 return
3614 (const_cast<ASTContext *>(C))->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q';
3615 case BuiltinType::UInt128: return 'T';
3616 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: return 'Q';
3617 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
3618 case BuiltinType::SChar: return 'c';
3619 case BuiltinType::Short: return 's';
John McCall24da7092010-06-11 10:11:05 +00003620 case BuiltinType::WChar:
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003621 case BuiltinType::Int: return 'i';
3622 case BuiltinType::Long:
3623 return
3624 (const_cast<ASTContext *>(C))->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'l' : 'q';
3625 case BuiltinType::LongLong: return 'q';
3626 case BuiltinType::Int128: return 't';
3627 case BuiltinType::Float: return 'f';
3628 case BuiltinType::Double: return 'd';
3629 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return 'd';
3630 }
3631}
3632
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003633static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Context, std::string& S,
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003634 QualType T, const FieldDecl *FD) {
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003635 const Expr *E = FD->getBitWidth();
3636 assert(E && "bitfield width not there - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl");
3637 ASTContext *Ctx = const_cast<ASTContext*>(Context);
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003638 S += 'b';
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003639 // The NeXT runtime encodes bit fields as b followed by the number of bits.
3640 // The GNU runtime requires more information; bitfields are encoded as b,
3641 // then the offset (in bits) of the first element, then the type of the
3642 // bitfield, then the size in bits. For example, in this structure:
3643 //
3644 // struct
3645 // {
3646 // int integer;
3647 // int flags:2;
3648 // };
3649 // On a 32-bit system, the encoding for flags would be b2 for the NeXT
3650 // runtime, but b32i2 for the GNU runtime. The reason for this extra
3651 // information is not especially sensible, but we're stuck with it for
3652 // compatibility with GCC, although providing it breaks anything that
3653 // actually uses runtime introspection and wants to work on both runtimes...
3654 if (!Ctx->getLangOptions().NeXTRuntime) {
3655 const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent();
3656 const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Ctx->getASTRecordLayout(RD);
3657 // FIXME: This same linear search is also used in ExprConstant - it might
3658 // be better if the FieldDecl stored its offset. We'd be increasing the
3659 // size of the object slightly, but saving some time every time it is used.
3660 unsigned i = 0;
3661 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RD->field_begin(),
3662 FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
3663 Field != FieldEnd; (void)++Field, ++i) {
3664 if (*Field == FD)
3665 break;
3666 }
3667 S += llvm::utostr(RL.getFieldOffset(i));
3668 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(Context, T);
3669 }
3670 unsigned N = E->EvaluateAsInt(*Ctx).getZExtValue();
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003671 S += llvm::utostr(N);
3672}
3673
Daniel Dunbar01eb9b92009-10-18 21:17:35 +00003674// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string.
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003675void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S,
3676 bool ExpandPointedToStructures,
3677 bool ExpandStructures,
Daniel Dunbar153bfe52009-04-20 06:37:24 +00003678 const FieldDecl *FD,
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003679 bool OutermostType,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00003680 bool EncodingProperty) {
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003681 if (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003682 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003683 return EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD);
3684 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(this, T);
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003685 return;
3686 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003687
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003688 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
Anders Carlssonc612f7b2009-04-09 21:55:45 +00003689 S += 'j';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003690 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false,
Anders Carlssonc612f7b2009-04-09 21:55:45 +00003691 false);
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003692 return;
3693 }
Fariborz Jahanian60bce3e2009-11-23 20:40:50 +00003694
Fariborz Jahanianaa1d7612010-04-13 23:45:47 +00003695 // encoding for pointer or r3eference types.
3696 QualType PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003697 if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian8d2c0a92009-11-30 18:43:52 +00003698 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) {
3699 S += ':';
3700 return;
3701 }
Fariborz Jahanianaa1d7612010-04-13 23:45:47 +00003702 PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType();
3703 }
3704 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
3705 PointeeTy = RT->getPointeeType();
3706 if (!PointeeTy.isNull()) {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003707 bool isReadOnly = false;
3708 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the
3709 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of
3710 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef!
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003711 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type!
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00003712 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003713 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) {
3714 isReadOnly = true;
3715 S += 'r';
3716 }
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00003717 } else if (OutermostType) {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003718 QualType P = PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003719 while (P->getAs<PointerType>())
3720 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003721 if (P.isConstQualified()) {
3722 isReadOnly = true;
3723 S += 'r';
3724 }
3725 }
3726 if (isReadOnly) {
3727 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type
3728 // combinations need to be rearranged.
3729 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn"
Benjamin Kramer02379412010-04-27 17:12:11 +00003730 if (llvm::StringRef(S).endswith("nr"))
3731 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn");
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003732 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003733
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003734 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) {
3735 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a
3736 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'.
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003737 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) {
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003738 S += '*';
3739 return;
3740 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003741 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff9533a7f2009-07-22 17:14:51 +00003742 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#".
3743 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) {
3744 S += '#';
3745 return;
3746 }
3747 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@".
3748 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) {
3749 S += '@';
3750 return;
3751 }
3752 // fall through...
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003753 }
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003754 S += '^';
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003755 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy);
3756
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003757 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003758 NULL);
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003759 return;
3760 }
Fariborz Jahanianaa1d7612010-04-13 23:45:47 +00003761
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003762 if (const ArrayType *AT =
3763 // Ignore type qualifiers etc.
3764 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003765 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) {
3766 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element.
3767 S += '^';
3768
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003769 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003770 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
3771 } else {
3772 S += '[';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003773
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003774 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
3775 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue());
3776 else {
3777 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements.
3778 assert(isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) && "Unknown array type!");
3779 S += '0';
3780 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003781
3782 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003783 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
3784 S += ']';
3785 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003786 return;
3787 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003788
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003789 if (T->getAs<FunctionType>()) {
Anders Carlssonc0a87b72007-10-30 00:06:20 +00003790 S += '?';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003791 return;
3792 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003793
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003794 if (const RecordType *RTy = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003795 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003796 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{';
Daniel Dunbar502a4a12008-10-17 06:22:57 +00003797 // Anonymous structures print as '?'
3798 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) {
3799 S += II->getName();
Fariborz Jahanian6fb94392010-05-07 00:28:49 +00003800 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
3801 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RDecl)) {
3802 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
3803 std::string TemplateArgsStr
3804 = TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList(
3805 TemplateArgs.getFlatArgumentList(),
3806 TemplateArgs.flat_size(),
3807 (*this).PrintingPolicy);
3808
3809 S += TemplateArgsStr;
3810 }
Daniel Dunbar502a4a12008-10-17 06:22:57 +00003811 } else {
3812 S += '?';
3813 }
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003814 if (ExpandStructures) {
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003815 S += '=';
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003816 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(),
3817 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end();
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003818 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003819 if (FD) {
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003820 S += '"';
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003821 S += Field->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003822 S += '"';
3823 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003824
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003825 // Special case bit-fields.
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003826 if (Field->isBitField()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003827 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003828 (*Field));
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003829 } else {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003830 QualType qt = Field->getType();
3831 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003832 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003833 FD);
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003834 }
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003835 }
Fariborz Jahanian6de88a82007-11-13 23:21:38 +00003836 }
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003837 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003838 return;
3839 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003840
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003841 if (T->isEnumeralType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003842 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003843 EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003844 else
3845 S += 'i';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003846 return;
3847 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003848
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003849 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff21a98b12009-02-02 18:24:29 +00003850 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?".
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003851 return;
3852 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003853
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003854 // Ignore protocol qualifiers when mangling at this level.
3855 if (const ObjCObjectType *OT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectType>())
3856 T = OT->getBaseType();
3857
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003858 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003859 // @encode(class_name)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003860 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl();
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003861 S += '{';
3862 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier();
3863 S += II->getName();
3864 S += '=';
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +00003865 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars;
3866 DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars);
3867 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) {
3868 FieldDecl *Field = cast<FieldDecl>(Ivars[i]);
3869 if (Field->isBitField())
3870 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, Field);
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003871 else
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +00003872 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003873 }
3874 S += '}';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003875 return;
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003876 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003877
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003878 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003879 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) {
3880 S += '@';
3881 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003882 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003883
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00003884 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) {
3885 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'.
3886 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime
3887 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003888 S += '#';
3889 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003890 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003891
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003892 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003893 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S,
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003894 ExpandPointedToStructures,
3895 ExpandStructures, FD);
3896 if (FD || EncodingProperty) {
3897 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list
3898 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003899 S += '"';
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003900 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
3901 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003902 S += '<';
3903 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
3904 S += '>';
3905 }
3906 S += '"';
3907 }
3908 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003909 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003910
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003911 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType();
3912 if (!EncodingProperty &&
3913 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
3914 // Another historical/compatibility reason.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003915 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003916 // {...};
3917 S += '^';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003918 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S,
3919 false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003920 NULL);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003921 return;
3922 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003923
3924 S += '@';
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00003925 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() && (FD || EncodingProperty)) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003926 S += '"';
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00003927 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName();
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003928 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
3929 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003930 S += '<';
3931 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
3932 S += '>';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003933 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003934 S += '"';
3935 }
3936 return;
3937 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003938
John McCall532ec7b2010-05-17 23:56:34 +00003939 // gcc just blithely ignores member pointers.
3940 // TODO: maybe there should be a mangling for these
3941 if (T->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
3942 return;
3943
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003944 assert(0 && "@encode for type not implemented!");
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003945}
3946
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003947void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT,
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003948 std::string& S) const {
3949 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In)
3950 S += 'n';
3951 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout)
3952 S += 'N';
3953 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out)
3954 S += 'o';
3955 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy)
3956 S += 'O';
3957 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref)
3958 S += 'R';
3959 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway)
3960 S += 'V';
3961}
3962
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003963void ASTContext::setBuiltinVaListType(QualType T) {
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00003964 assert(BuiltinVaListType.isNull() && "__builtin_va_list type already set!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003965
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00003966 BuiltinVaListType = T;
3967}
3968
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003969void ASTContext::setObjCIdType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003970 ObjCIdTypedefType = T;
Steve Naroff7e219e42007-10-15 14:41:52 +00003971}
3972
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003973void ASTContext::setObjCSelType(QualType T) {
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +00003974 ObjCSelTypedefType = T;
Fariborz Jahanianb62f6812007-10-16 20:40:23 +00003975}
3976
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003977void ASTContext::setObjCProtoType(QualType QT) {
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003978 ObjCProtoType = QT;
Fariborz Jahanian390d50a2007-10-17 16:58:11 +00003979}
3980
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003981void ASTContext::setObjCClassType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003982 ObjCClassTypedefType = T;
Anders Carlsson8baaca52007-10-31 02:53:19 +00003983}
3984
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003985void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003986 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() &&
Steve Naroff21988912007-10-15 23:35:17 +00003987 "'NSConstantString' type already set!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003988
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003989 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
Steve Naroff21988912007-10-15 23:35:17 +00003990}
3991
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00003992/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty
3993/// lookup.
John McCalleec51cf2010-01-20 00:46:10 +00003994TemplateName ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin,
3995 UnresolvedSetIterator End) {
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00003996 unsigned size = End - Begin;
3997 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!");
3998
3999 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) +
4000 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*));
4001 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size);
4002
4003 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage();
John McCalleec51cf2010-01-20 00:46:10 +00004004 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) {
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00004005 NamedDecl *D = *I;
4006 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) ||
4007 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) &&
4008 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl())));
4009 *Storage++ = D;
4010 }
4011
4012 return TemplateName(OT);
4013}
4014
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004015/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified
4016/// template name such as \c std::vector.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004017TemplateName ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004018 bool TemplateKeyword,
4019 TemplateDecl *Template) {
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004020 // FIXME: Canonicalization?
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004021 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4022 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
4023
4024 void *InsertPos = 0;
4025 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN =
4026 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4027 if (!QTN) {
4028 QTN = new (*this,4) QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
4029 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
4030 }
4031
4032 return TemplateName(QTN);
4033}
4034
4035/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
4036/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004037TemplateName ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004038 const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004039 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor3b6afbb2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00004040 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004041
4042 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4043 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name);
4044
4045 void *InsertPos = 0;
4046 DependentTemplateName *QTN =
4047 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4048
4049 if (QTN)
4050 return TemplateName(QTN);
4051
4052 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
4053 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
4054 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name);
4055 } else {
4056 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name);
4057 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004058 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN =
4059 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4060 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken");
4061 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004062 }
4063
4064 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
4065 return TemplateName(QTN);
4066}
4067
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004068/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
4069/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+.
4070TemplateName
4071ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
4072 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) {
4073 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
4074 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
4075
4076 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4077 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator);
4078
4079 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004080 DependentTemplateName *QTN
4081 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004082
4083 if (QTN)
4084 return TemplateName(QTN);
4085
4086 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
4087 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
4088 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator);
4089 } else {
4090 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator);
4091 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004092
4093 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN
4094 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4095 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken");
4096 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004097 }
4098
4099 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
4100 return TemplateName(QTN);
4101}
4102
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004103/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by
Douglas Gregord9341122008-11-03 15:57:00 +00004104/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type
4105/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType.
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00004106CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004107 switch (Type) {
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00004108 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004109 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy;
4110 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy;
4111 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy;
4112 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy;
4113 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy;
4114 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy;
4115 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy;
4116 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy;
4117 }
4118
4119 assert(false && "Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value");
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00004120 return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004121}
Ted Kremenekb6ccaac2008-07-24 23:58:27 +00004122
4123//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4124// Type Predicates.
4125//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4126
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004127/// isObjCNSObjectType - Return true if this is an NSObject object using
4128/// NSObject attribute on a c-style pointer type.
4129/// FIXME - Make it work directly on types.
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004130/// FIXME: Move to Type.
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004131///
4132bool ASTContext::isObjCNSObjectType(QualType Ty) const {
4133 if (TypedefType *TDT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) {
4134 if (TypedefDecl *TD = TDT->getDecl())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004135 if (TD->getAttr<ObjCNSObjectAttr>())
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004136 return true;
4137 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004138 return false;
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004139}
4140
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004141/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's
4142/// garbage collection attribute.
4143///
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004144Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(const QualType &Ty) const {
4145 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Qualifiers::GCNone;
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004146 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
4147 getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC) {
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00004148 GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr();
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004149 // Default behavious under objective-c's gc is for objective-c pointers
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004150 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared
Fariborz Jahaniana223cca2009-02-19 23:36:06 +00004151 // as __strong.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004152 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) {
Fariborz Jahanian75212ee2009-09-10 23:38:45 +00004153 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType())
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004154 GCAttrs = Qualifiers::Strong;
Fariborz Jahaniana223cca2009-02-19 23:36:06 +00004155 else if (Ty->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004156 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Fariborz Jahaniana223cca2009-02-19 23:36:06 +00004157 }
Fariborz Jahanianc2112182009-04-11 00:00:54 +00004158 // Non-pointers have none gc'able attribute regardless of the attribute
4159 // set on them.
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004160 else if (!Ty->isAnyPointerType() && !Ty->isBlockPointerType())
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004161 return Qualifiers::GCNone;
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004162 }
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00004163 return GCAttrs;
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004164}
4165
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004166//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4167// Type Compatibility Testing
4168//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner770951b2007-11-01 05:03:41 +00004169
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004170/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004171/// compatible.
4172static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS,
4173 const VectorType *RHS) {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00004174 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified());
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004175 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() &&
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004176 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements();
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004177}
4178
Douglas Gregor255210e2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004179bool ASTContext::areCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType FirstVec,
4180 QualType SecondVec) {
4181 assert(FirstVec->isVectorType() && "FirstVec should be a vector type");
4182 assert(SecondVec->isVectorType() && "SecondVec should be a vector type");
4183
4184 if (hasSameUnqualifiedType(FirstVec, SecondVec))
4185 return true;
4186
4187 // AltiVec vectors types are identical to equivalent GCC vector types
4188 const VectorType *First = FirstVec->getAs<VectorType>();
4189 const VectorType *Second = SecondVec->getAs<VectorType>();
4190 if ((((First->getAltiVecSpecific() == VectorType::AltiVec) &&
4191 (Second->getAltiVecSpecific() == VectorType::NotAltiVec)) ||
4192 ((First->getAltiVecSpecific() == VectorType::NotAltiVec) &&
4193 (Second->getAltiVecSpecific() == VectorType::AltiVec))) &&
4194 hasSameType(First->getElementType(), Second->getElementType()) &&
4195 (First->getNumElements() == Second->getNumElements()))
4196 return true;
4197
4198 return false;
4199}
4200
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004201//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4202// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's.
4203//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4204
4205/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the
4206/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00004207bool ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto,
4208 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) {
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004209 if (lProto == rProto)
4210 return true;
4211 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(),
4212 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
4213 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI))
4214 return true;
4215 return false;
4216}
4217
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004218/// QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId - compare id<p,...> with id<p1,...>
4219/// return true if lhs's protocols conform to rhs's protocol; false
4220/// otherwise.
4221bool ASTContext::QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
4222 if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
4223 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhs, rhs, false);
4224 return false;
4225}
4226
Fariborz Jahaniana8f8dac2010-07-19 22:02:22 +00004227/// ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible - compare Class<p,...> and
4228/// Class<p1, ...>.
4229bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs,
4230 QualType rhs) {
4231 const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4232 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4233 assert ((lhsQID && rhsOPT) && "ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible");
4234
4235 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4236 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4237 bool match = false;
4238 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
4239 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
4240 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4241 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4242 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto)) {
4243 match = true;
4244 break;
4245 }
4246 }
4247 if (!match)
4248 return false;
4249 }
4250 return true;
4251}
4252
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004253/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an
4254/// ObjCQualifiedIDType.
4255bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
4256 bool compare) {
4257 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004258 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004259 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType())
4260 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004261 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004262 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType())
4263 return true;
4264
4265 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004266 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004267
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004268 if (!rhsOPT) return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004269
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004270 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004271 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*",
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004272 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
4273 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4274 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4275 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4276 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4277 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4278 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00004279 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true))
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004280 return false;
4281 }
4282 }
4283 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'.
4284 return true;
4285 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004286 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004287 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4288 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4289 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
4290 bool match = false;
4291
4292 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4293 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4294 // through its super class and categories.
4295 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
4296 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4297 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4298 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
4299 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
4300 match = true;
4301 break;
4302 }
4303 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004304 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*",
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004305 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
4306 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4307 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4308 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4309 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4310 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4311 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00004312 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) {
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004313 match = true;
4314 break;
4315 }
4316 }
4317 }
4318 if (!match)
4319 return false;
4320 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004321
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004322 return true;
4323 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004324
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004325 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType();
4326 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>");
4327
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004328 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT =
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004329 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) {
4330 if (lhsOPT->qual_empty()) {
4331 bool match = false;
4332 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4333 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
4334 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Fariborz Jahaniand1909bb2010-08-09 18:21:43 +00004335 // when comparing an id<P> on rhs with a static type on lhs,
4336 // static class must implement all of id's protocols directly or
4337 // indirectly through its super class.
Fariborz Jahanian192b1462010-08-12 20:46:12 +00004338 if (lhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) {
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004339 match = true;
4340 break;
4341 }
4342 }
4343 if (!match)
4344 return false;
4345 }
4346 return true;
4347 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004348 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004349 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(),
4350 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4351 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
4352 bool match = false;
4353
4354 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4355 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4356 // through its super class and categories.
4357 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
4358 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4359 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4360 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
4361 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
4362 match = true;
4363 break;
4364 }
4365 }
4366 if (!match)
4367 return false;
4368 }
4369 return true;
4370 }
4371 return false;
4372}
4373
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004374/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004375/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any
4376/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS.
4377///
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004378bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4379 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004380 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
4381 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
4382
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00004383 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004384 if (LHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() ||
4385 RHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004386 return true;
4387
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004388 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCQualifiedId())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004389 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
4390 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004391 false);
Fariborz Jahaniana8f8dac2010-07-19 22:02:22 +00004392
4393 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedClass() && RHS->isObjCQualifiedClass())
4394 return ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
4395 QualType(RHSOPT,0));
4396
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004397 // If we have 2 user-defined types, fall into that path.
4398 if (LHS->getInterface() && RHS->getInterface())
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004399 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004400
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004401 return false;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004402}
4403
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004404/// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written
4405/// for providing type-safty for objective-c pointers used to pass/return
4406/// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where
4407/// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is
4408/// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK.
4409bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
4410 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4411 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
Fariborz Jahaniana9834482010-04-06 17:23:39 +00004412 if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType())
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004413 return true;
4414
4415 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
4416 return RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType();
4417 }
4418
Fariborz Jahaniana9834482010-04-06 17:23:39 +00004419 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004420 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
4421 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
4422 false);
4423
4424 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4425 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4426 if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types.
4427 if (LHS != RHS) {
4428 if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl()))
4429 return false;
4430 if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl()))
4431 return true;
4432 }
4433 else
4434 return true;
4435 }
4436 return false;
4437}
4438
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004439/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set
4440/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects.
4441/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of
4442/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects.
4443static
4444void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context,
4445 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4446 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT,
4447 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) {
4448
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004449 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
4450 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
4451 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS must have an interface base");
4452 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS must have an interface base");
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004453
4454 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet;
4455 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols();
4456 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0)
4457 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end());
4458 else {
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00004459 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004460 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getInterface(),
4461 LHSInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004462 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
4463 LHSInheritedProtocols.end());
4464 }
4465
4466 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols();
4467 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) {
Dan Gohmancb421fa2010-04-19 16:39:44 +00004468 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols =
4469 const_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl **>(RHS->qual_begin());
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004470 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i)
4471 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i]))
4472 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]);
4473 }
4474 else {
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00004475 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004476 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(),
4477 RHSInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00004478 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
4479 RHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
4480 E = RHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I)
4481 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count((*I)))
4482 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back((*I));
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004483 }
4484}
4485
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004486/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if
4487/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the
4488/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a
4489/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare.
4490QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible(
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004491 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Lptr,
4492 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Rptr) {
4493 const ObjCObjectType *LHS = Lptr->getObjectType();
4494 const ObjCObjectType *RHS = Rptr->getObjectType();
4495 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* LDecl = LHS->getInterface();
4496 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* RDecl = RHS->getInterface();
4497 if (!LDecl || !RDecl)
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004498 return QualType();
4499
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004500 while ((LDecl = LDecl->getSuperClass())) {
4501 LHS = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(getObjCInterfaceType(LDecl));
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004502 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) {
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004503 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols;
4504 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, Lptr, Rptr, Protocols);
4505
4506 QualType Result = QualType(LHS, 0);
4507 if (!Protocols.empty())
4508 Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, Protocols.data(), Protocols.size());
4509 Result = getObjCObjectPointerType(Result);
4510 return Result;
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004511 }
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004512 }
4513
4514 return QualType();
4515}
4516
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004517bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS,
4518 const ObjCObjectType *RHS) {
4519 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS is not an interface type");
4520 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS is not an interface type");
4521
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004522 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of
4523 // the LHS.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004524 if (!LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface()))
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004525 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004526
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004527 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not
4528 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good.
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004529 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004530 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004531
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004532 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't, then it
4533 // isn't a superset.
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004534 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004535 return true; // FIXME: should return false!
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004536
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004537 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(),
4538 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004539 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) {
4540 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false;
4541
4542 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types
4543 // are incompatible.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004544 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(),
4545 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff8f167562009-07-16 16:21:02 +00004546 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) {
4547 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) {
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004548 RHSImplementsProtocol = true;
Steve Naroff8f167562009-07-16 16:21:02 +00004549 break;
4550 }
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004551 }
4552 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name.
4553 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol)
4554 return false;
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004555 }
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004556 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS.
4557 return true;
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004558}
4559
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004560bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
4561 // get the "pointed to" types
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004562 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4563 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004564
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004565 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT)
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004566 return false;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004567
4568 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) ||
4569 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT);
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004570}
4571
Douglas Gregor569c3162010-08-07 11:51:51 +00004572bool ASTContext::canBindObjCObjectType(QualType To, QualType From) {
4573 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(
4574 getObjCObjectPointerType(To)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
4575 getObjCObjectPointerType(From)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>());
4576}
4577
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004578/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible,
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004579/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004580/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004581/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules.
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004582bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
4583 bool CompareUnqualified) {
Douglas Gregor0e709ab2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00004584 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
4585 return hasSameType(LHS, RHS);
4586
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004587 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, false, CompareUnqualified).isNull();
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004588}
4589
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004590bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
4591 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull();
4592}
4593
4594QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004595 bool OfBlockPointer,
4596 bool Unqualified) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004597 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
4598 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004599 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase);
4600 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004601 bool allLTypes = true;
4602 bool allRTypes = true;
4603
4604 // Check return type
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004605 QualType retType;
4606 if (OfBlockPointer)
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004607 retType = mergeTypes(rbase->getResultType(), lbase->getResultType(), true,
4608 Unqualified);
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004609 else
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004610 retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType(),
4611 false, Unqualified);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004612 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004613
4614 if (Unqualified)
4615 retType = retType.getUnqualifiedType();
4616
4617 CanQualType LRetType = getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType());
4618 CanQualType RRetType = getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType());
4619 if (Unqualified) {
4620 LRetType = LRetType.getUnqualifiedType();
4621 RRetType = RRetType.getUnqualifiedType();
4622 }
4623
4624 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != LRetType)
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004625 allLTypes = false;
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004626 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != RRetType)
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004627 allRTypes = false;
Daniel Dunbar6a15c852010-04-28 16:20:58 +00004628 // FIXME: double check this
4629 // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
4630 // rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
4631 // lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()?
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004632 FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo();
4633 FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo();
Daniel Dunbar6a15c852010-04-28 16:20:58 +00004634 unsigned RegParm = lbaseInfo.getRegParm() == 0 ? rbaseInfo.getRegParm() :
4635 lbaseInfo.getRegParm();
4636 bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn();
4637 if (NoReturn != lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() ||
4638 RegParm != lbaseInfo.getRegParm())
4639 allLTypes = false;
4640 if (NoReturn != rbaseInfo.getNoReturn() ||
4641 RegParm != rbaseInfo.getRegParm())
4642 allRTypes = false;
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004643 CallingConv lcc = lbaseInfo.getCC();
4644 CallingConv rcc = rbaseInfo.getCC();
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00004645 // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions
John McCall04a67a62010-02-05 21:31:56 +00004646 if (!isSameCallConv(lcc, rcc))
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00004647 return QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004648
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004649 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00004650 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() &&
4651 "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004652 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs();
4653 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs();
4654
4655 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments
4656 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs)
4657 return QualType();
4658
4659 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible
4660 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic())
4661 return QualType();
4662
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7fb5e482008-10-26 16:43:14 +00004663 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals())
4664 return QualType();
4665
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004666 // Check argument compatibility
4667 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 10> types;
4668 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) {
4669 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
4670 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004671 QualType argtype = mergeTypes(largtype, rargtype, OfBlockPointer,
4672 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004673 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004674
4675 if (Unqualified)
4676 argtype = argtype.getUnqualifiedType();
4677
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004678 types.push_back(argtype);
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004679 if (Unqualified) {
4680 largtype = largtype.getUnqualifiedType();
4681 rargtype = rargtype.getUnqualifiedType();
4682 }
4683
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004684 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype))
4685 allLTypes = false;
4686 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype))
4687 allRTypes = false;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004688 }
4689 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4690 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
4691 return getFunctionType(retType, types.begin(), types.size(),
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00004692 lproto->isVariadic(), lproto->getTypeQuals(),
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004693 false, false, 0, 0,
Rafael Espindola425ef722010-03-30 22:15:11 +00004694 FunctionType::ExtInfo(NoReturn, RegParm, lcc));
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004695 }
4696
4697 if (lproto) allRTypes = false;
4698 if (rproto) allLTypes = false;
4699
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004700 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004701 if (proto) {
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00004702 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004703 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType();
4704 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that
4705 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15).
4706 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer
4707 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different
4708 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible.
4709 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs();
4710 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) {
4711 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i);
Douglas Gregorb0f8eac2010-02-03 19:27:29 +00004712
4713 // Look at the promotion type of enum types, since that is the type used
4714 // to pass enum values.
4715 if (const EnumType *Enum = argTy->getAs<EnumType>())
4716 argTy = Enum->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
4717
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004718 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ||
4719 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy)
4720 return QualType();
4721 }
4722
4723 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4724 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
4725 return getFunctionType(retType, proto->arg_type_begin(),
Mike Stump2d3c1912009-07-27 00:44:23 +00004726 proto->getNumArgs(), proto->isVariadic(),
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004727 proto->getTypeQuals(),
4728 false, false, 0, 0,
Rafael Espindola425ef722010-03-30 22:15:11 +00004729 FunctionType::ExtInfo(NoReturn, RegParm, lcc));
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004730 }
4731
4732 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4733 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
Rafael Espindola425ef722010-03-30 22:15:11 +00004734 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info(NoReturn, RegParm, lcc);
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004735 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, Info);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004736}
4737
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004738QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004739 bool OfBlockPointer,
4740 bool Unqualified) {
Bill Wendling43d69752007-12-03 07:33:35 +00004741 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the
4742 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression
4743 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004744 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and
4745 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses).
Douglas Gregor0e709ab2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00004746 assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?");
4747 assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?");
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004748
4749 if (Unqualified) {
4750 LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType();
4751 RHS = RHS.getUnqualifiedType();
4752 }
Douglas Gregor0e709ab2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00004753
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004754 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
4755 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
4756
4757 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
4758 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
4759 return LHS;
4760
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004761 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004762 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
4763 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004764 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
4765 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type
4766 // mismatch.
4767 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
4768 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace())
4769 return QualType();
4770
4771 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
4772 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
4773 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
4774 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
4775 // qualified __strong.
4776 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
4777 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
4778 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
4779
4780 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
4781 return QualType();
4782
4783 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4784 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong));
4785 }
4786 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4787 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS);
4788 }
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004789 return QualType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004790 }
4791
4792 // Okay, qualifiers are equal.
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004793
Eli Friedman852d63b2009-06-01 01:22:52 +00004794 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass();
4795 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass();
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004796
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004797 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these
4798 // comparisons, just force one to the other.
4799 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
4800 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
Eli Friedman4c721d32008-02-12 08:23:06 +00004801
4802 // Same as above for arrays
Chris Lattnera36a61f2008-04-07 05:43:21 +00004803 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
4804 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
4805 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
4806 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004807
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004808 // ObjCInterfaces are just specialized ObjCObjects.
4809 if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
4810 if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
4811
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00004812 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector.
4813 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector;
4814 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004815
Chris Lattnera36a61f2008-04-07 05:43:21 +00004816 // If the canonical type classes don't match.
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004817 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) {
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004818 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004819 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type.
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00004820 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion
4821 // type.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004822 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004823 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == RHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
4824 return RHS;
Eli Friedmanbab96962008-02-12 08:46:17 +00004825 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004826 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004827 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == LHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
4828 return LHS;
Eli Friedmanbab96962008-02-12 08:46:17 +00004829 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004830
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004831 return QualType();
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004832 }
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004833
Steve Naroff4a746782008-01-09 22:43:08 +00004834 // The canonical type classes match.
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004835 switch (LHSClass) {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004836#define TYPE(Class, Base)
4837#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
John McCallad5e7382010-03-01 23:49:17 +00004838#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004839#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
4840#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
4841#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
4842 assert(false && "Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here");
4843 return QualType();
4844
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004845 case Type::LValueReference:
4846 case Type::RValueReference:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004847 case Type::MemberPointer:
4848 assert(false && "C++ should never be in mergeTypes");
4849 return QualType();
4850
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004851 case Type::ObjCInterface:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004852 case Type::IncompleteArray:
4853 case Type::VariableArray:
4854 case Type::FunctionProto:
4855 case Type::ExtVector:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004856 assert(false && "Types are eliminated above");
4857 return QualType();
4858
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004859 case Type::Pointer:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004860 {
4861 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004862 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4863 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004864 if (Unqualified) {
4865 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
4866 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
4867 }
4868 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, false,
4869 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004870 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Eli Friedman07d25872009-06-02 05:28:56 +00004871 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004872 return LHS;
Eli Friedman07d25872009-06-02 05:28:56 +00004873 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004874 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004875 return getPointerType(ResultType);
4876 }
Steve Naroffc0febd52008-12-10 17:49:55 +00004877 case Type::BlockPointer:
4878 {
4879 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004880 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4881 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004882 if (Unqualified) {
4883 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
4884 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
4885 }
4886 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer,
4887 Unqualified);
Steve Naroffc0febd52008-12-10 17:49:55 +00004888 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
4889 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4890 return LHS;
4891 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4892 return RHS;
4893 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
4894 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004895 case Type::ConstantArray:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004896 {
4897 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS);
4898 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS);
4899 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize())
4900 return QualType();
4901
4902 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType();
4903 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004904 if (Unqualified) {
4905 LHSElem = LHSElem.getUnqualifiedType();
4906 RHSElem = RHSElem.getUnqualifiedType();
4907 }
4908
4909 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem, false, Unqualified);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004910 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004911 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4912 return LHS;
4913 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4914 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3bc0f452008-08-22 01:48:21 +00004915 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(),
4916 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
4917 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(),
4918 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004919 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS);
4920 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS);
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004921 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4922 return LHS;
4923 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4924 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004925 if (LVAT) {
4926 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
4927 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type
4928 // has to be different.
4929 return LHS;
4930 }
4931 if (RVAT) {
4932 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
4933 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type
4934 // has to be different.
4935 return RHS;
4936 }
Eli Friedman3bc0f452008-08-22 01:48:21 +00004937 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS;
4938 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS;
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00004939 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType,
4940 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004941 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004942 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004943 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004944 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004945 case Type::Enum:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004946 return QualType();
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004947 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattner3cc4c0c2008-04-07 05:55:38 +00004948 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above.
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004949 return QualType();
Daniel Dunbar64cfdb72009-01-28 21:22:12 +00004950 case Type::Complex:
4951 // Distinct complex types are incompatible.
4952 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3cc4c0c2008-04-07 05:55:38 +00004953 case Type::Vector:
Eli Friedman5a61f0e2009-02-27 23:04:43 +00004954 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector!
John McCall1c471f32010-03-12 23:14:13 +00004955 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs<VectorType>(),
4956 RHSCan->getAs<VectorType>()))
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004957 return LHS;
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004958 return QualType();
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004959 case Type::ObjCObject: {
4960 // Check if the types are assignment compatible.
Eli Friedman5a61f0e2009-02-27 23:04:43 +00004961 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether
4962 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004963 const ObjCObjectType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
4964 const ObjCObjectType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
4965 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface))
Steve Naroff5fd659d2009-02-21 16:18:07 +00004966 return LHS;
4967
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004968 return QualType();
Cedric Venet61490e92009-02-21 17:14:49 +00004969 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004970 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: {
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004971 if (OfBlockPointer) {
4972 if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
4973 LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
4974 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()))
4975 return LHS;
4976 return QualType();
4977 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004978 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
4979 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()))
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004980 return LHS;
4981
Steve Naroffbc76dd02008-12-10 22:14:21 +00004982 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004983 }
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004984 }
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004985
4986 return QualType();
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004987}
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00004988
Fariborz Jahanian2390a722010-05-19 21:37:30 +00004989/// mergeObjCGCQualifiers - This routine merges ObjC's GC attribute of 'LHS' and
4990/// 'RHS' attributes and returns the merged version; including for function
4991/// return types.
4992QualType ASTContext::mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
4993 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
4994 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
4995 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
4996 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
4997 return LHS;
4998 if (RHSCan->isFunctionType()) {
4999 if (!LHSCan->isFunctionType())
5000 return QualType();
5001 QualType OldReturnType =
5002 cast<FunctionType>(RHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
5003 QualType NewReturnType =
5004 cast<FunctionType>(LHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
5005 QualType ResReturnType =
5006 mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewReturnType, OldReturnType);
5007 if (ResReturnType.isNull())
5008 return QualType();
5009 if (ResReturnType == NewReturnType || ResReturnType == OldReturnType) {
5010 // id foo(); ... __strong id foo(); or: __strong id foo(); ... id foo();
5011 // In either case, use OldReturnType to build the new function type.
5012 const FunctionType *F = LHS->getAs<FunctionType>();
5013 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F)) {
5014 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info = getFunctionExtInfo(LHS);
5015 QualType ResultType
5016 = getFunctionType(OldReturnType, FPT->arg_type_begin(),
5017 FPT->getNumArgs(), FPT->isVariadic(),
5018 FPT->getTypeQuals(),
5019 FPT->hasExceptionSpec(),
5020 FPT->hasAnyExceptionSpec(),
5021 FPT->getNumExceptions(),
5022 FPT->exception_begin(),
5023 Info);
5024 return ResultType;
5025 }
5026 }
5027 return QualType();
5028 }
5029
5030 // If the qualifiers are different, the types can still be merged.
5031 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
5032 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
5033 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
5034 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type mismatch.
5035 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
5036 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace())
5037 return QualType();
5038
5039 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
5040 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
5041 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
5042 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
5043 // qualified __strong.
5044 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
5045 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
5046 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
5047
5048 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
5049 return QualType();
5050
5051 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong)
5052 return LHS;
5053 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong)
5054 return RHS;
5055 return QualType();
5056 }
5057
5058 if (LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
5059 QualType LHSBaseQT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5060 QualType RHSBaseQT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5061 QualType ResQT = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(LHSBaseQT, RHSBaseQT);
5062 if (ResQT == LHSBaseQT)
5063 return LHS;
5064 if (ResQT == RHSBaseQT)
5065 return RHS;
5066 }
5067 return QualType();
5068}
5069
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +00005070//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005071// Integer Predicates
5072//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner88054de2009-01-16 07:15:35 +00005073
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005074unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) {
Sebastian Redl632d7722009-11-05 21:10:57 +00005075 if (T->isBooleanType())
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005076 return 1;
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00005077 if (EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
Eli Friedman29a7f332009-12-10 22:29:29 +00005078 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00005079 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005080 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T);
5081}
5082
5083QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) {
Douglas Gregorf6094622010-07-23 15:58:24 +00005084 assert(T->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() && "Unexpected type");
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00005085
5086 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int>
5087 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>())
5088 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()),
Chris Lattner788b0fd2010-06-23 06:00:24 +00005089 VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->getAltiVecSpecific());
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00005090
5091 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type.
5092 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>())
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005093 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00005094
5095 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
5096 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type");
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005097 switch (BTy->getKind()) {
5098 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
5099 case BuiltinType::SChar:
5100 return UnsignedCharTy;
5101 case BuiltinType::Short:
5102 return UnsignedShortTy;
5103 case BuiltinType::Int:
5104 return UnsignedIntTy;
5105 case BuiltinType::Long:
5106 return UnsignedLongTy;
5107 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
5108 return UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00005109 case BuiltinType::Int128:
5110 return UnsignedInt128Ty;
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005111 default:
5112 assert(0 && "Unexpected signed integer type");
5113 return QualType();
5114 }
5115}
5116
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +00005117ExternalASTSource::~ExternalASTSource() { }
5118
5119void ExternalASTSource::PrintStats() { }
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005120
5121
5122//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5123// Builtin Type Computation
5124//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5125
5126/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the
5127/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005128static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, ASTContext &Context,
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005129 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
5130 bool AllowTypeModifiers = true) {
5131 // Modifiers.
5132 int HowLong = 0;
5133 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005134
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005135 // Read the modifiers first.
5136 bool Done = false;
5137 while (!Done) {
5138 switch (*Str++) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005139 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005140 case 'S':
5141 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
5142 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
5143 Signed = true;
5144 break;
5145 case 'U':
5146 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
5147 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
5148 Unsigned = true;
5149 break;
5150 case 'L':
5151 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier");
5152 ++HowLong;
5153 break;
5154 }
5155 }
5156
5157 QualType Type;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005158
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005159 // Read the base type.
5160 switch (*Str++) {
5161 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type letter!");
5162 case 'v':
5163 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
5164 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!");
5165 Type = Context.VoidTy;
5166 break;
5167 case 'f':
5168 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
5169 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!");
5170 Type = Context.FloatTy;
5171 break;
5172 case 'd':
5173 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
5174 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!");
5175 if (HowLong)
5176 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy;
5177 else
5178 Type = Context.DoubleTy;
5179 break;
5180 case 's':
5181 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!");
5182 if (Unsigned)
5183 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
5184 else
5185 Type = Context.ShortTy;
5186 break;
5187 case 'i':
5188 if (HowLong == 3)
5189 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty;
5190 else if (HowLong == 2)
5191 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
5192 else if (HowLong == 1)
5193 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
5194 else
5195 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
5196 break;
5197 case 'c':
5198 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!");
5199 if (Signed)
5200 Type = Context.SignedCharTy;
5201 else if (Unsigned)
5202 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
5203 else
5204 Type = Context.CharTy;
5205 break;
5206 case 'b': // boolean
5207 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!");
5208 Type = Context.BoolTy;
5209 break;
5210 case 'z': // size_t.
5211 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!");
5212 Type = Context.getSizeType();
5213 break;
5214 case 'F':
5215 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType();
5216 break;
5217 case 'a':
5218 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
5219 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
5220 break;
5221 case 'A':
5222 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly
5223 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two
5224 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones
5225 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is
5226 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list
5227 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86,
5228 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want
5229 // it to be a __va_list_tag*.
5230 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
5231 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
5232 if (Type->isArrayType()) {
5233 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type);
5234 } else {
5235 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
5236 }
5237 break;
5238 case 'V': {
5239 char *End;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005240 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
5241 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005242
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005243 Str = End;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005244
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005245 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, false);
John Thompson82287d12010-02-05 00:12:22 +00005246 // FIXME: Don't know what to do about AltiVec.
Chris Lattner788b0fd2010-06-23 06:00:24 +00005247 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements,
5248 VectorType::NotAltiVec);
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005249 break;
5250 }
Douglas Gregord3a23b22009-09-28 21:45:01 +00005251 case 'X': {
5252 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, false);
5253 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType);
5254 break;
5255 }
Chris Lattner9a5a7e72009-07-28 22:49:34 +00005256 case 'P':
Douglas Gregorc29f77b2009-07-07 16:35:42 +00005257 Type = Context.getFILEType();
5258 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00005259 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005260 return QualType();
5261 }
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00005262 break;
Chris Lattner9a5a7e72009-07-28 22:49:34 +00005263 case 'J':
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00005264 if (Signed)
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +00005265 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType();
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00005266 else
5267 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType();
5268
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00005269 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00005270 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp;
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00005271 return QualType();
5272 }
5273 break;
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +00005274 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005275
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005276 if (!AllowTypeModifiers)
5277 return Type;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005278
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005279 Done = false;
5280 while (!Done) {
John McCall187ab372010-03-12 04:21:28 +00005281 switch (char c = *Str++) {
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005282 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
5283 case '*':
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005284 case '&':
John McCall187ab372010-03-12 04:21:28 +00005285 {
5286 // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types
5287 // qualified with an address space.
5288 char *End;
5289 unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
5290 if (End != Str && AddrSpace != 0) {
5291 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, AddrSpace);
5292 Str = End;
5293 }
5294 }
5295 if (c == '*')
5296 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type);
5297 else
5298 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005299 break;
5300 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg.
5301 case 'C':
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00005302 Type = Type.withConst();
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005303 break;
Fariborz Jahanian013af392010-01-26 22:48:42 +00005304 case 'D':
5305 Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type);
5306 break;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005307 }
5308 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005309
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005310 return Type;
5311}
5312
5313/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin.
5314QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned id,
5315 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error) {
5316 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(id);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005317
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005318 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005319
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005320 Error = GE_None;
5321 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error);
5322 if (Error != GE_None)
5323 return QualType();
5324 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') {
5325 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error);
5326 if (Error != GE_None)
5327 return QualType();
5328
5329 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type.
5330 if (Ty->isArrayType())
5331 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005332
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005333 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty);
5334 }
5335
5336 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) &&
5337 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!");
5338
5339 // handle untyped/variadic arguments "T c99Style();" or "T cppStyle(...);".
5340 if (ArgTypes.size() == 0 && TypeStr[0] == '.')
5341 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType);
Douglas Gregorce056bc2010-02-21 22:15:06 +00005342
5343 // FIXME: Should we create noreturn types?
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005344 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Douglas Gregorce056bc2010-02-21 22:15:06 +00005345 TypeStr[0] == '.', 0, false, false, 0, 0,
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00005346 FunctionType::ExtInfo());
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005347}
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005348
5349QualType
5350ASTContext::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
5351 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
5352 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
5353 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
5354 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
5355 // equivalent.
5356 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
5357 lhs = getPromotedIntegerType(lhs);
5358 else
5359 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
5360 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
5361 rhs = getPromotedIntegerType(rhs);
5362 else
5363 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
5364
5365 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
5366 if (lhs == rhs)
5367 return lhs;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005368
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005369 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
5370 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
5371 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
5372 return lhs;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005373
5374 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
5375
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005376 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
5377 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
5378 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005379 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005380 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
5381 return lhs;
5382 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005383 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005384 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
5385 return rhs;
5386 }
5387 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005388 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
5389 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
5390 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
5391 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005392 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005393 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005394 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005395 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005396 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
5397 int result = getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005398
5399 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005400 rhs = getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005401 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005402 lhs = getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005403 }
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005404 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
5405 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
5406 // does not require this promotion.
5407 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
5408 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
5409 return rhs;
5410 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
5411 return lhs;
5412 }
5413 }
5414 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
5415 }
5416 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
5417 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
5418 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
5419 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
5420 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
5421 return lhs;
5422 }
5423 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
5424 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
5425 return getComplexType(lhs);
5426 }
5427 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
5428 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
5429 return rhs;
5430 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005431 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005432 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
5433 return getComplexType(rhs);
5434 }
5435 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
5436 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
5437 int result = getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
5438 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
5439 return lhs;
5440 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
5441 return rhs; // convert the lhs
5442 }
5443 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
5444 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
5445 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
5446 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
5447
5448 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005449 if (getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005450 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
5451 return lhs; // convert the rhs
5452 return rhs;
5453 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
5454 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
5455 return lhs;
5456 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
5457 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
5458 return rhs;
5459 }
5460 }
5461 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
5462 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
5463 int compare = getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Douglas Gregorf6094622010-07-23 15:58:24 +00005464 bool lhsSigned = lhs->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation(),
5465 rhsSigned = rhs->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation();
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005466 QualType destType;
5467 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
5468 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
5469 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
5470 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
5471 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
5472 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
5473 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
5474 } else if (getIntWidth(lhs) != getIntWidth(rhs)) {
5475 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
5476 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
5477 // use the signed type.
5478 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
5479 } else {
5480 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
5481 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
5482 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
5483 // to the signed type.
5484 destType = getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
5485 }
5486 return destType;
5487}
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005488
5489GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
5490 GVALinkage External = GVA_StrongExternal;
5491
5492 Linkage L = FD->getLinkage();
5493 if (L == ExternalLinkage && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5494 FD->getType()->getLinkage() == UniqueExternalLinkage)
5495 L = UniqueExternalLinkage;
5496
5497 switch (L) {
5498 case NoLinkage:
5499 case InternalLinkage:
5500 case UniqueExternalLinkage:
5501 return GVA_Internal;
5502
5503 case ExternalLinkage:
5504 switch (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) {
5505 case TSK_Undeclared:
5506 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
5507 External = GVA_StrongExternal;
5508 break;
5509
5510 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
5511 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation;
5512
5513 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
5514 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
5515 External = GVA_TemplateInstantiation;
5516 break;
5517 }
5518 }
5519
5520 if (!FD->isInlined())
5521 return External;
5522
5523 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
5524 // GNU or C99 inline semantics. Determine whether this symbol should be
5525 // externally visible.
5526 if (FD->isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible())
5527 return External;
5528
5529 // C99 inline semantics, where the symbol is not externally visible.
5530 return GVA_C99Inline;
5531 }
5532
5533 // C++0x [temp.explicit]p9:
5534 // [ Note: The intent is that an inline function that is the subject of
5535 // an explicit instantiation declaration will still be implicitly
5536 // instantiated when used so that the body can be considered for
5537 // inlining, but that no out-of-line copy of the inline function would be
5538 // generated in the translation unit. -- end note ]
5539 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
5540 == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration)
5541 return GVA_C99Inline;
5542
5543 return GVA_CXXInline;
5544}
5545
5546GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForVariable(const VarDecl *VD) {
5547 // If this is a static data member, compute the kind of template
5548 // specialization. Otherwise, this variable is not part of a
5549 // template.
5550 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = TSK_Undeclared;
5551 if (VD->isStaticDataMember())
5552 TSK = VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind();
5553
5554 Linkage L = VD->getLinkage();
5555 if (L == ExternalLinkage && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5556 VD->getType()->getLinkage() == UniqueExternalLinkage)
5557 L = UniqueExternalLinkage;
5558
5559 switch (L) {
5560 case NoLinkage:
5561 case InternalLinkage:
5562 case UniqueExternalLinkage:
5563 return GVA_Internal;
5564
5565 case ExternalLinkage:
5566 switch (TSK) {
5567 case TSK_Undeclared:
5568 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
5569 return GVA_StrongExternal;
5570
5571 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
5572 llvm_unreachable("Variable should not be instantiated");
5573 // Fall through to treat this like any other instantiation.
5574
5575 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
5576 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation;
5577
5578 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
5579 return GVA_TemplateInstantiation;
5580 }
5581 }
5582
5583 return GVA_StrongExternal;
5584}
5585
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4ac7c0b2010-07-29 20:08:05 +00005586bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005587 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
5588 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl())
5589 return false;
5590 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D))
5591 return false;
5592
Argyrios Kyrtzidisab411c82010-07-29 20:07:52 +00005593 // Weak references don't produce any output by themselves.
5594 if (D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>())
5595 return false;
5596
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005597 // Aliases and used decls are required.
5598 if (D->hasAttr<AliasAttr>() || D->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
5599 return true;
5600
5601 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
5602 // Forward declarations aren't required.
5603 if (!FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
5604 return false;
5605
5606 // Constructors and destructors are required.
5607 if (FD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>())
5608 return true;
5609
5610 // The key function for a class is required.
5611 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
5612 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent();
5613 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && RD->isDynamicClass()) {
5614 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunc = getKeyFunction(RD);
5615 if (KeyFunc && KeyFunc->getCanonicalDecl() == MD->getCanonicalDecl())
5616 return true;
5617 }
5618 }
5619
5620 GVALinkage Linkage = GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD);
5621
5622 // static, static inline, always_inline, and extern inline functions can
5623 // always be deferred. Normal inline functions can be deferred in C99/C++.
5624 // Implicit template instantiations can also be deferred in C++.
5625 if (Linkage == GVA_Internal || Linkage == GVA_C99Inline ||
5626 Linkage == GVA_CXXInline || Linkage == GVA_TemplateInstantiation)
5627 return false;
5628 return true;
5629 }
5630
5631 const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D);
5632 assert(VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Expected file scoped var");
5633
Argyrios Kyrtzidisab411c82010-07-29 20:07:52 +00005634 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly)
5635 return false;
5636
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005637 // Structs that have non-trivial constructors or destructors are required.
5638
5639 // FIXME: Handle references.
5640 if (const RecordType *RT = VD->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
5641 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisbbc64542010-08-15 01:15:20 +00005642 if (RD->hasDefinition() &&
5643 (!RD->hasTrivialConstructor() || !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()))
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005644 return true;
5645 }
5646 }
5647
5648 GVALinkage L = GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD);
5649 if (L == GVA_Internal || L == GVA_TemplateInstantiation) {
5650 if (!(VD->getInit() && VD->getInit()->HasSideEffects(*this)))
5651 return false;
5652 }
5653
5654 return true;
5655}
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +00005656
5657CXXABI::~CXXABI() {}